1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
179 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
299 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
301 const char *dw_fde_end
;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number
;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg
;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
315 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
428 unsigned int refcount
;
429 enum dwarf_form form
;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s
)
556 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
561 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
585 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
604 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
605 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
606 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
607 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
609 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
611 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
613 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
620 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
623 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
625 wrote_return_column
= true;
627 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
632 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
636 if (!wrote_return_column
)
637 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
643 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register
:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression
:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node
);
726 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
727 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
728 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
739 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
747 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
773 static char label
[20];
775 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
800 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
808 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
810 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
813 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version
== 2
830 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
834 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
843 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
847 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
851 label
= xstrdup (label
);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
860 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
861 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
862 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
872 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
887 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
890 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
894 label
= xstrdup (label
);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
904 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
906 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
909 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
912 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
920 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
924 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
927 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
931 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
932 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
939 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
941 remember
->in_use
= 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
944 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
946 remember
->in_use
= 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
961 dw_cfa_location remember
;
963 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
964 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
967 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
970 fde
= current_fde ();
972 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1001 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1003 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1012 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1013 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1014 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1015 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1016 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1031 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1032 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1034 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1043 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1052 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1053 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1058 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1065 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1069 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1079 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1080 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1090 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1091 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1109 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde
->stack_realign
1115 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1117 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1118 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1119 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1122 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1125 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1126 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1127 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1132 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1133 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1136 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1155 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1165 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1174 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1183 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1193 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1215 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1220 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1241 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1242 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1253 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1254 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1258 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1260 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1266 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1273 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1274 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1291 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1297 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1299 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1303 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1310 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1312 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1319 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1321 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1345 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1355 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1363 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1364 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1369 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1373 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1376 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1378 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1381 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1391 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1396 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1400 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1408 return cur_args_size
;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1418 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1420 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1421 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1422 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1424 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1425 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1426 insn
= get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1433 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1436 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1437 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1438 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1439 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1440 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1442 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1451 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1470 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1475 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1479 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1506 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1517 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1520 old_args_size
= size
;
1523 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1524 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1533 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1534 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1536 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1537 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size
+= offset
;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1590 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1592 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1615 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1620 offset
-= args_size
;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1626 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1634 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1643 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1654 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1684 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1690 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1695 q
= GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save
);
1696 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1697 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1701 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1702 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1704 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1714 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1717 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1719 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1722 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1724 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1727 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1733 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1735 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1737 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1741 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1742 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1753 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1755 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1760 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1761 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1775 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1777 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1780 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1782 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1788 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1789 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1790 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1798 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1800 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1802 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1803 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1806 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1825 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1830 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1831 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1835 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1854 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1855 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1861 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1871 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1883 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1885 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1886 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1888 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1895 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1899 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1905 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1921 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1922 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1924 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1926 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1928 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1939 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1941 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1942 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1945 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1947 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1949 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1964 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1965 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2166 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2167 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2168 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2169 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2170 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2174 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2176 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2177 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2180 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2181 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2182 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2183 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2184 flag is set in them. */
2185 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2188 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2191 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2192 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2193 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2194 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2195 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2196 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2197 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2199 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2200 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2201 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2202 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2203 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2206 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2208 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2209 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2210 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2211 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2212 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2213 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2215 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2217 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2218 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2219 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2222 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2228 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2230 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2231 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2235 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2240 fde
= current_fde ();
2244 && fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (src
)
2245 && (fde
->drap_reg_saved
2249 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2250 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2251 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2254 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2255 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2260 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2263 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2265 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2267 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2270 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2271 relative to the current CFA register.
2273 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2274 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2275 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2276 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2277 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2278 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2279 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2283 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2284 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2285 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2286 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2287 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2289 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2290 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2291 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2292 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2294 && fde
->stack_realign
2295 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2296 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2297 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2298 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2300 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2307 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2311 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2314 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2317 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2319 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2325 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2327 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2328 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2329 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2331 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2332 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2335 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2337 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2339 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2340 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2341 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2342 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2344 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2347 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2348 or adjusting the FP */
2349 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2351 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2352 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2353 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2354 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2355 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2357 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2358 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2362 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2365 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2366 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2369 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2370 into the FP later on. */
2371 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2372 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2373 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2374 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2375 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2376 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2380 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2381 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2382 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2384 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2385 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2386 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2387 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2388 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2392 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2393 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2395 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2396 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2405 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2406 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2411 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2412 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2413 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2415 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2416 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2417 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2420 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2421 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2428 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2429 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2430 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2435 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2436 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2438 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2440 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2441 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2442 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2443 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2445 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2446 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2447 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2455 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2460 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2462 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2467 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2470 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2472 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2473 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2475 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2476 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2477 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2479 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2485 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2489 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2490 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2491 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2493 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2495 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2496 reference to represent the address of the stored
2499 && fde
->stack_realign
2500 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2502 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2503 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2506 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2507 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2509 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2513 /* With an offset. */
2520 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2521 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2522 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2523 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2526 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2528 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2529 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2532 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2533 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2539 /* Without an offset. */
2542 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2544 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2545 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2548 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2549 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2556 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2557 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2558 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2559 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2567 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2568 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2569 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2573 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2574 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2575 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2577 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2579 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2582 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2583 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2584 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2585 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2588 && fde
->stack_realign
2589 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2590 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2592 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2594 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2596 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2597 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2598 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2601 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2603 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2607 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2608 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2610 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2611 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2616 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2617 calculate the CFA. */
2618 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2622 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2624 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2625 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2627 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2632 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2634 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2637 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2640 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2641 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2645 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2647 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2649 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2650 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2652 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2654 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2655 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2666 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2667 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2668 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2670 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2671 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2674 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2678 bool handled_one
= false;
2680 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2690 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2692 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2695 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2697 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2699 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2700 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2702 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2704 if (barrier_args_size
)
2706 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2707 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2712 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2713 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2715 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2717 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2718 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2719 is still used to save registers. */
2720 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2721 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2725 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2727 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2728 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2730 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2731 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2734 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2735 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2739 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2744 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2745 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2747 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2751 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2754 n
= single_set (insn
);
2755 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2759 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2764 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2765 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2767 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2771 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2776 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2777 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2780 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2790 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2792 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2795 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2796 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2797 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2798 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2801 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2803 bool saw_frp
= false;
2806 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2807 frame related insns. */
2808 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2813 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2814 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2816 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2819 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2822 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2824 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2826 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2827 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2830 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2831 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2835 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2839 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2840 save/restore pair. */
2844 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2845 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2846 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2847 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2851 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2852 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2853 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2854 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2857 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2860 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2864 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2866 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2868 /* And emulate the state save. */
2869 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2871 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2874 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2877 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2879 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2880 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2883 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2885 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2887 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2892 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2893 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2894 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2896 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2897 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2902 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2903 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2904 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2905 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2907 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2910 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2911 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2912 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2915 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2916 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2919 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2920 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2921 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2922 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2924 case DW_CFA_register
:
2925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2928 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2930 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2933 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2941 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2942 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2943 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2945 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2946 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2950 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2951 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2953 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2954 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2957 case DW_CFA_register
:
2958 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2961 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2965 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2967 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2968 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2969 for collect2 the first time around. */
2972 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2976 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2977 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2981 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2987 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2989 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2991 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2993 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2994 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2995 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2996 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2997 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2998 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2999 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3000 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3003 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3004 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3008 if (eh_frame_section
)
3009 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3012 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3013 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3014 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3018 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3019 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3020 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3021 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3022 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3027 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3031 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3034 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3037 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3038 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3039 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3040 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3044 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3047 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3052 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3054 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3055 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3056 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3057 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3058 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3060 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
3063 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3066 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3068 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3070 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
3074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3075 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3077 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3079 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3081 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3082 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3083 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3087 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3088 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3093 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3099 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3100 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3103 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3105 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3106 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3109 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3110 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3111 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3112 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3116 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3118 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3122 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3123 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3128 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3129 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3131 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3132 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3135 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3136 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3138 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3142 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3143 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3144 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3145 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3146 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3150 case DW_CFA_register
:
3151 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3153 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3157 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3158 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3163 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3170 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3171 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3172 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3175 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3176 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3185 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3188 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3190 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3192 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3194 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3195 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3196 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3197 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3198 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3199 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3200 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3201 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3202 going to take care of this for us. */
3206 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3207 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3208 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3210 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3213 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3214 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3215 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3216 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3219 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3220 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3221 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3224 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3225 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3231 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3233 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3236 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3237 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3241 case DW_CFA_register
:
3242 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3243 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3244 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3247 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3248 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3250 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3251 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3254 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3257 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3258 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3261 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3262 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3266 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3267 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3270 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3271 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3274 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3275 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3276 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3277 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3278 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3286 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3287 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3289 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3290 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3291 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3292 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3295 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3297 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3299 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3300 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3301 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3303 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3304 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3306 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3307 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3308 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3309 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3310 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3311 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3312 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3314 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3316 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3318 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3319 .cfi_restore_state. */
3320 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3321 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3323 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3326 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3333 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3337 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3338 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3340 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3343 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3344 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3345 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3346 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3347 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3348 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3349 case DW_CFA_register
:
3350 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3351 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3352 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3353 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3354 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3355 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3356 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3357 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3358 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3364 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3366 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3369 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3370 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3371 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3374 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3376 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3377 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3379 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3381 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3382 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3385 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3387 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3390 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3392 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3394 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3397 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3398 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3400 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3401 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3402 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3404 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3405 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3406 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3407 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3414 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3415 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3419 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3421 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3424 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3426 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3429 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3431 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3433 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3436 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3439 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3440 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3442 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3449 /* Output one FDE. */
3452 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3453 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3454 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3456 const char *begin
, *end
;
3457 static unsigned int j
;
3458 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3461 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3463 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3467 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3468 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3469 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3470 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3472 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3475 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3477 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3478 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3480 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3482 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3483 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3487 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3488 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3489 might be separated from the real start of the
3490 function by alignment padding. */
3492 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3493 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3494 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3496 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3497 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3498 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3500 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3505 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3506 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3507 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3508 "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3510 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3514 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3518 if (augmentation
[0])
3520 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3522 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3524 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3526 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3527 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3528 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3529 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3530 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3533 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3538 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3540 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3541 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3542 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3543 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3545 "Language Specific Data Area");
3549 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3550 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3551 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3552 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3556 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3559 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3561 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3562 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3563 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3564 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3567 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3568 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3570 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3571 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3577 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3579 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3581 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3582 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3583 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3584 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3586 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3587 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3590 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3591 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3592 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3593 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3594 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3596 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3597 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3598 switch *back* into the table section. */
3599 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3600 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3601 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3604 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3605 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3606 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3612 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3613 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3614 location of saved registers. */
3617 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3622 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3623 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3624 char augmentation
[6];
3625 int augmentation_size
;
3626 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3627 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3628 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3630 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3633 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3634 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3637 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3638 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3641 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3642 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3643 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3644 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3645 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3646 specialization doesn't. */
3647 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3648 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3651 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3652 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3653 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
3654 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3655 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3656 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
3658 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3659 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3660 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3661 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3664 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
3666 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3667 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3668 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3669 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3670 any_eh_needed
= true;
3671 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
3672 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3673 any_eh_needed
= true;
3675 if (! any_eh_needed
)
3679 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3683 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3684 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3687 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3689 /* Output the CIE. */
3690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3692 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3693 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3694 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3695 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3696 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3697 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3699 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3700 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3701 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3702 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3703 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3705 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3706 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3707 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3708 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3710 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3714 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3715 augmentation_size
= 0;
3717 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3723 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3724 augmentation section.
3725 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3726 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3727 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3729 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3730 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3732 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3733 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3734 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3736 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3740 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3741 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3743 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3746 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3748 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3751 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3753 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3755 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3759 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3760 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3762 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3764 + 1 /* CIE version */
3765 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3766 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3767 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3769 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3770 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3771 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3773 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3775 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3776 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3777 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3781 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3783 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3784 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3786 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3791 if (augmentation
[0])
3793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3798 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3803 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3805 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3807 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3809 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3812 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3813 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3815 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3816 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3817 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3818 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3820 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3821 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3824 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3826 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3827 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
3828 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
3829 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
3830 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3833 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3834 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3835 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3838 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3839 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3840 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3841 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3842 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3843 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3846 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3851 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3854 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3858 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3860 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3864 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3867 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3868 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3869 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3870 of the weirder relocation types. */
3871 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3872 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3874 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc
);
3875 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3876 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3879 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3883 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3884 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3885 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3886 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3887 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3889 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3890 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3892 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc
);
3893 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3894 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3898 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3902 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3903 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3905 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3910 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3912 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3913 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3914 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3916 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3917 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3920 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3924 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3925 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3927 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3928 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3929 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3930 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3931 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3933 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3934 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3935 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3939 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3940 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3942 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3943 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3944 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3945 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3948 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3949 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3951 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3952 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3953 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3954 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3955 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3956 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3957 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3958 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3959 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3960 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3961 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3962 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3963 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3964 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3965 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3966 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3967 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3968 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3969 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3970 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3971 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3973 section
*unlikelysec
;
3974 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3975 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3978 = (fnsec
== text_section
3979 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3980 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
3981 fde
->cold_in_std_section
3982 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
3983 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
3988 = (fnsec
== text_section
3989 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
3990 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
3993 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
3995 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3996 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3997 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3999 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4002 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4003 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4006 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4007 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4008 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4010 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4011 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4012 function anymore. */
4014 && current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4015 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4016 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4020 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4021 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4025 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4026 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4029 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4032 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4035 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4036 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4038 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4041 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4043 fde
= current_fde ();
4044 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4045 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4049 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4051 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4052 fde_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node
, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4053 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4054 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4056 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4057 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4059 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4060 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4062 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4063 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4064 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4069 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4071 /* Output call frame information. */
4072 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4073 output_call_frame_info (0);
4075 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4076 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4077 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4078 output_call_frame_info (1);
4082 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4085 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4087 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4088 if (sec
== text_section
)
4089 text_section_used
= true;
4090 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4091 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4095 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4097 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4099 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4101 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4102 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4104 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4105 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4106 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4107 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4108 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4110 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4111 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4112 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4114 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4115 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4116 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4119 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4121 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4122 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4124 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4126 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4127 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4129 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4133 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4135 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4137 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4138 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4139 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4144 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4145 for emitting location expressions. */
4147 /* Data about a single source file. */
4148 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4149 const char * filename
;
4153 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4154 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4155 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4156 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4157 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4159 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4163 } deferred_locations
;
4165 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4166 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4168 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4170 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4171 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4173 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4174 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4175 implementation are listed below. */
4180 dw_val_class_offset
,
4182 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4183 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4185 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4186 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4189 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4190 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4191 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4192 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4194 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4199 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4201 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4202 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4208 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4209 represented internally. */
4211 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4212 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4213 union dw_val_struct_union
4215 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4216 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4217 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4218 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4219 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4221 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4222 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4223 struct dw_val_die_union
4227 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4228 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4229 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4230 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4232 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4233 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4235 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4239 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4242 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4243 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4244 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4245 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4246 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4247 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4249 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4250 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4254 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4255 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4256 their entire life. */
4257 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4258 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4259 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4260 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4261 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4262 Only on head of list */
4263 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4264 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4267 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4269 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4271 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4274 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4279 return "DW_OP_addr";
4281 return "DW_OP_deref";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4293 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4297 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4299 return "DW_OP_constu";
4301 return "DW_OP_consts";
4305 return "DW_OP_drop";
4307 return "DW_OP_over";
4309 return "DW_OP_pick";
4311 return "DW_OP_swap";
4315 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4323 return "DW_OP_minus";
4335 return "DW_OP_plus";
4336 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4337 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4343 return "DW_OP_shra";
4361 return "DW_OP_skip";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4425 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4489 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4553 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4555 return "DW_OP_regx";
4557 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4559 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4561 return "DW_OP_piece";
4562 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4563 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4564 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4565 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4569 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4570 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4572 return "DW_OP_call2";
4574 return "DW_OP_call4";
4575 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4577 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4578 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4579 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4580 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4581 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4582 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4583 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4584 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4585 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4586 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4592 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4593 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4596 return "OP_<unknown>";
4600 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4601 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4602 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4604 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4605 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4608 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
4610 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4611 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4612 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4613 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4614 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4619 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4622 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4623 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4626 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4629 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4632 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4635 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4637 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4639 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4640 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4646 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4649 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4654 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4659 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4660 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4664 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4665 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4666 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4667 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4668 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4670 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4671 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4673 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4674 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4677 else if (offset
> 0)
4678 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4682 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (offset
);
4683 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
4687 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4688 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4691 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4694 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4695 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4699 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4701 static unsigned long
4702 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4704 unsigned long size
= 1;
4706 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4709 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4728 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4731 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4736 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4737 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4775 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4778 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4781 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4784 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4785 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4788 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4790 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4791 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4800 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4801 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4803 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4804 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4805 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4814 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4816 static unsigned long
4817 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4822 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4823 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4824 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4826 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4828 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4833 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4835 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4836 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4842 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4843 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4846 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4849 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4851 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4852 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4854 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4856 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4859 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4863 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4867 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4868 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4875 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4876 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4881 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4883 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4885 case dw_val_class_const
:
4886 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4888 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4890 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4891 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4895 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4900 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4903 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4904 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
4907 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
4909 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
4911 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4913 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4914 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4918 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
4919 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
4921 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4923 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
4927 case dw_val_class_addr
:
4928 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
4929 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
4944 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4945 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4946 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4947 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4948 only doing unwinding. */
4953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4964 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5014 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5015 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5016 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5022 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5024 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5027 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5034 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5035 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5043 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5048 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5051 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5053 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5055 /* Output the opcode. */
5056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5057 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5059 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5060 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5064 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5065 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5068 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5070 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5071 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5073 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5076 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5077 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5083 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5084 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5085 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5097 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5103 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5104 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5105 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5113 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5114 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5116 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5117 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5122 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5125 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5163 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5168 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5170 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5171 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5175 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5181 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5185 /* Output the opcode. */
5186 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5187 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5189 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5191 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5193 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5197 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5198 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5201 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5203 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5206 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5207 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5209 /* Output the size of the block. */
5210 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5211 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5212 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5214 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5215 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5218 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5221 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5223 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5226 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5227 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "0x%x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5229 /* Output the size of the block. */
5230 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5231 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5248 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5252 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5253 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5254 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5258 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5263 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5282 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5288 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5300 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5304 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5342 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5345 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5379 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5380 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5383 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5384 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5390 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5414 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5416 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5417 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5418 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5421 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5422 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5423 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5424 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5425 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5426 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5427 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5428 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5430 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5432 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5436 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5439 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5440 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5441 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5442 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5443 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5444 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5445 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5446 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
5447 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5448 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5449 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5450 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
5451 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5452 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5453 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5454 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5455 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5456 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5457 something tries to reference them. */
5458 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5459 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5460 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5461 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5462 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5463 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5464 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5465 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5466 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5468 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5472 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5473 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5474 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5476 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5477 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5478 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5479 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5481 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5482 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5484 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5486 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5488 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5489 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5490 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5491 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5492 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5494 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5496 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5497 line number associated with the label generated for that
5498 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5499 the line number entry. */
5501 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5502 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5503 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5507 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5509 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5510 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5511 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5512 unsigned long function
;
5514 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5516 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5517 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5518 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5520 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5521 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5522 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5526 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5527 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5529 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5530 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5531 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5533 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5534 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5535 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5537 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5538 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5540 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5541 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5542 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5543 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5545 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5546 dw_offset die_offset
;
5547 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5549 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5550 int die_perennial_p
;
5551 unsigned int decl_id
;
5555 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5556 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5557 c = die->die_child; \
5561 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5564 /* The pubname structure */
5566 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5572 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5573 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5576 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5577 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5586 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5587 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5589 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5590 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5591 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5592 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5596 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5597 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5600 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5604 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5608 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5610 skeleton_chain_node
;
5612 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5613 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5614 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5617 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5618 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5620 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5621 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5622 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5623 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5624 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5625 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5627 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5628 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5629 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5630 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5631 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5632 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5633 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5634 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5635 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5636 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5638 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5639 language, and compiler version. */
5641 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5642 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5643 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5645 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5646 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5647 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5648 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5650 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5651 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5653 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5654 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5655 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5656 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5657 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5659 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5660 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5661 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5662 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5663 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5664 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5666 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5667 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5668 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5669 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5671 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5675 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5676 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5679 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5680 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5682 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5685 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5686 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5687 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5688 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5691 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5692 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5693 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5694 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5697 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5698 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5700 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5701 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5703 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5704 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5706 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5707 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5709 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5711 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5712 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5714 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5715 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5716 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5718 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5719 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5720 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5722 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5727 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5728 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5730 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5731 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5732 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
5733 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5734 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
5735 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5738 /* Variable location list. */
5739 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5740 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5742 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5743 it is marked through the chain. */
5744 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5746 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5747 unsigned int decl_id
;
5749 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5752 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5753 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5755 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5756 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5757 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5758 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5759 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5761 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5762 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5764 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5765 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5767 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5768 abbrev_die_table. */
5769 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5779 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5782 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5783 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5784 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5785 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5788 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5790 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5795 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5797 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5798 accessible names. */
5799 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible types. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5805 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5806 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5808 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5809 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5811 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5814 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5816 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5824 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5827 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5829 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5831 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5832 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5834 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5837 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5839 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5841 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5842 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5844 /* Unique label counter. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5847 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5850 /* The direct call table structure. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5853 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5855 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5862 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5864 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5865 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5866 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5870 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
5871 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
5873 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
5875 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
5877 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5879 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
5881 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
5884 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
5886 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5887 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5888 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
5890 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5891 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
5894 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
5897 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5898 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
5900 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5901 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
5903 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
5905 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5907 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5908 within the current function. */
5909 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
5911 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5913 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
5914 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
5915 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
5916 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5918 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5919 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
5920 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
5921 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
5922 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
5923 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5924 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
5925 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5926 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
5927 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
5929 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5930 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5931 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
5932 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5933 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
5934 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5935 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5936 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5937 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
5938 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
5939 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
5940 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5941 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
5942 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
5943 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
5944 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
5945 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
5946 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
5947 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5949 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
5950 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
5951 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
5952 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
5955 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
5957 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
5959 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
5960 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5961 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5962 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
5963 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5964 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5965 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5966 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5967 static bool is_c_family (void);
5968 static bool is_cxx (void);
5969 static bool is_java (void);
5970 static bool is_fortran (void);
5971 static bool is_ada (void);
5972 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
5973 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
5974 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5975 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
5976 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
5977 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5978 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5979 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5980 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
5981 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
5986 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
5987 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
);
5988 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5989 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
5990 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5991 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
5992 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
5993 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5994 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5995 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
5996 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5997 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5998 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
5999 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6000 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6001 struct checksum_attributes
;
6002 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6003 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6004 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6005 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6006 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6007 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6008 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6010 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6011 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6012 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6013 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6014 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6015 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6016 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6017 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6018 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6019 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6020 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6021 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6022 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6024 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6025 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6026 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6028 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6029 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6030 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6031 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6033 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6034 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6035 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6036 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6037 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6038 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6039 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6040 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6041 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6043 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6044 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6045 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6046 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6048 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6049 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6050 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6051 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6052 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6053 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6054 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6055 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6056 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6057 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6058 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6059 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6060 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6061 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6062 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6063 static void output_aranges (void);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6065 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6066 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
6067 static void output_ranges (void);
6068 static void output_line_info (void);
6069 static void output_file_names (void);
6070 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6071 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6072 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6073 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6074 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6075 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6076 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6077 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6078 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6079 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6081 enum var_init_status
);
6082 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6083 enum var_init_status
);
6084 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6085 enum var_init_status
);
6086 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6087 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6088 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6089 enum var_init_status
);
6090 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6091 enum var_init_status
);
6092 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6093 enum var_init_status
);
6094 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6095 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6096 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6097 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6098 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6099 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6100 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6101 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6102 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6104 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6105 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6106 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6107 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6108 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6109 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6110 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6111 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6113 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6114 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6115 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6116 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6117 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6118 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6119 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6120 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6121 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6122 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6123 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6124 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6125 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6126 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6127 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6128 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6129 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6130 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6131 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6132 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6133 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6134 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6136 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6138 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6139 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6141 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6143 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6144 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6145 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6146 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6147 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6148 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6149 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6150 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6151 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6152 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6153 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6154 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6155 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6156 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6157 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6158 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6159 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6160 enum debug_info_usage
);
6161 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6162 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6163 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6164 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6165 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6166 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6167 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6168 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6169 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6170 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6171 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6172 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6173 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6174 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6175 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6176 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6177 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6178 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6179 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6180 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6181 const char *, const char *);
6182 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6183 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6185 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6186 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6190 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6191 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6192 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6193 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6195 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6196 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6197 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6199 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6200 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6202 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6203 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6205 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6206 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6208 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6209 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6211 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6212 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6214 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6215 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6217 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6218 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6220 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6221 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6223 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6224 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6226 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6227 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6229 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6230 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6233 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6234 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6235 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6238 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6239 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6240 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6241 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6244 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6245 the section names themselves. */
6247 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6248 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6250 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6251 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6253 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6254 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6257 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6260 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6263 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6266 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6268 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6269 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6272 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6273 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6274 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6275 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6276 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6278 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6279 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6280 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6281 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6282 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6283 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6284 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6285 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6286 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6287 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6289 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6290 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6292 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6293 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6295 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6296 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6298 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6299 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6301 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6302 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6304 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6305 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6309 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6310 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6312 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6315 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6317 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6320 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6323 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6325 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6326 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6327 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6330 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6334 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6336 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6338 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6339 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6340 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6341 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6343 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6344 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6345 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6350 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6353 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6355 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6357 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6358 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6361 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6364 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6368 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6369 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6370 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6371 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6372 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6373 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6374 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6375 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6376 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6377 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6378 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6379 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6380 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6381 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6383 return "DW_TAG_label";
6384 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6385 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6387 return "DW_TAG_member";
6388 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6389 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6390 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6391 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6392 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6393 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6394 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6395 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6396 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6397 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6398 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6399 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6400 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6401 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6402 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6403 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6404 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6405 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6406 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6407 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6408 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6409 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6410 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6411 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6412 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6413 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6414 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6415 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6417 return "DW_TAG_module";
6418 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6419 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6420 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6421 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6422 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6423 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6424 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6425 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6426 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6427 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6428 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6429 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6430 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6431 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6432 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6433 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6435 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6436 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6437 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6438 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6439 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6441 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6442 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6443 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6444 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6445 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6446 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6447 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6448 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6449 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6450 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6451 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6452 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6453 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6454 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6455 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6456 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6457 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6458 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6459 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6460 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6461 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6462 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6463 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6464 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6465 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6466 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6467 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6468 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6469 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6470 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6471 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6472 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6473 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6474 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6475 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6476 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6477 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6478 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6479 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6480 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6481 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6482 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6483 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6484 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6485 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6486 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6487 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6488 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6489 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6490 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6491 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6492 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6493 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6494 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6495 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6496 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6497 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6498 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6499 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6500 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6501 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6502 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6503 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6504 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6505 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6506 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6507 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6509 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6513 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6516 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6521 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6522 case DW_AT_location
:
6523 return "DW_AT_location";
6525 return "DW_AT_name";
6526 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6527 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6528 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6529 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6530 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6531 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6532 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6533 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6534 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6535 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6536 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6537 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6538 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6539 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6541 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6543 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6544 case DW_AT_language
:
6545 return "DW_AT_language";
6547 return "DW_AT_member";
6549 return "DW_AT_discr";
6550 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6551 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6552 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6553 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6555 return "DW_AT_import";
6556 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6557 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6558 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6559 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6560 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6561 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6562 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6563 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6564 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6565 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6566 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6567 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6569 return "DW_AT_inline";
6570 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6571 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6572 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6573 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6574 case DW_AT_producer
:
6575 return "DW_AT_producer";
6576 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6577 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6578 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6579 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6580 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6581 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6582 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6583 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6584 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6585 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6586 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6587 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6588 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6589 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6590 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6591 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6592 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6593 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6594 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6595 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6596 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6597 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6599 return "DW_AT_count";
6600 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6601 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6602 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6603 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6604 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6605 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6606 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6607 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6608 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6609 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6610 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6611 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6612 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6613 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6614 case DW_AT_external
:
6615 return "DW_AT_external";
6616 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6617 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6618 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6619 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6621 return "DW_AT_friend";
6622 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6623 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6624 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6625 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6626 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6627 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6628 case DW_AT_priority
:
6629 return "DW_AT_priority";
6631 return "DW_AT_segment";
6632 case DW_AT_specification
:
6633 return "DW_AT_specification";
6634 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6635 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6637 return "DW_AT_type";
6638 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6639 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6640 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6641 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6642 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6643 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6644 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6645 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6647 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6648 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6649 case DW_AT_associated
:
6650 return "DW_AT_associated";
6651 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6652 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6653 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6654 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6655 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6656 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6657 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6658 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6659 case DW_AT_extension
:
6660 return "DW_AT_extension";
6662 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6663 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6664 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6665 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6666 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6667 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6668 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6669 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6670 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6672 case DW_AT_signature
:
6673 return "DW_AT_signature";
6674 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6675 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6676 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6677 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6678 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6679 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6680 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6681 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6682 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6683 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6685 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6686 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6687 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6688 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6689 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6691 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6693 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6695 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6697 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6699 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6701 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6703 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6705 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6708 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6709 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6710 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6711 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6712 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6713 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6714 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6715 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6716 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6717 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6718 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6719 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6720 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6721 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6722 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6723 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6724 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6725 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6726 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6727 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6728 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6729 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6730 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6731 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6732 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6733 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6734 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6735 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6736 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6737 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6738 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6739 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6741 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6742 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6745 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6749 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6752 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6757 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6758 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6759 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6760 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6761 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6763 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6765 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6767 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6768 case DW_FORM_string
:
6769 return "DW_FORM_string";
6771 return "DW_FORM_block";
6772 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6773 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6775 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6777 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6779 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6781 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6783 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6784 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6785 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6787 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6789 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6791 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6793 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6794 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6795 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6796 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6797 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6798 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6799 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6800 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6801 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6802 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6803 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6804 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6805 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6807 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6811 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6812 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6813 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6814 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6818 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6820 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6823 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6824 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6825 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6826 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6829 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6830 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6831 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6833 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6836 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6837 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6841 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6843 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6845 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6846 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
6848 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6849 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
6851 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
6852 context
= NULL_TREE
;
6857 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6860 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
6862 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6866 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
6867 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
6868 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
6871 static inline enum dw_val_class
6872 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
6874 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
6877 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6880 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
6884 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6885 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
6886 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
6887 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6890 static inline unsigned
6891 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
6893 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
6894 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
6897 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6900 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
6904 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6905 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
6906 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
6907 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6910 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6911 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
6913 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
6914 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
6917 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6920 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6921 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
6925 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6926 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
6927 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
6928 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6931 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6932 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
6934 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
6935 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
6938 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6941 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6942 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
6946 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6947 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
6948 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
6949 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
6950 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6953 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6956 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6957 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
6961 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6962 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
6963 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
6964 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
6965 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
6966 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6969 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6972 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
6973 unsigned char data8
[8])
6977 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
6978 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
6979 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
6980 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
6983 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6986 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
6988 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
6992 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
6994 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
6995 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
6998 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7000 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7001 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7003 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7006 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7007 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7008 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7010 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7011 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7014 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*)
7015 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
7016 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7020 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7026 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7029 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7032 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7034 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7036 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7037 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7038 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7039 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7042 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7043 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7046 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7054 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7055 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7058 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7059 debug string STR. */
7062 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7064 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7066 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7068 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7070 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7073 static inline const char *
7074 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7076 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7077 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7080 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7081 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7083 static enum dwarf_form
7084 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7086 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7089 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7091 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7095 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7097 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7098 always better to put it inline. */
7099 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7100 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7102 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7103 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7105 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7106 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7107 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7108 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7110 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7112 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7115 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7118 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7122 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7123 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7124 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7125 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7126 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7129 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7130 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7133 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7135 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7136 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7137 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7140 static inline dw_die_ref
7141 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7143 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7144 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7148 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7150 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7151 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7157 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7159 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7160 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7163 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7166 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7170 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7171 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7172 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7173 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7176 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7179 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7183 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7184 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7186 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7189 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7190 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7192 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7193 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7197 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7201 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7202 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7203 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7204 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7205 have_location_lists
= true;
7208 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7209 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7211 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7212 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7215 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7216 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7218 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7219 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7222 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7225 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7229 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7230 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7231 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7232 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7235 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7238 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7240 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7241 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7244 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7247 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7248 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7252 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7253 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7254 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7255 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7258 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7260 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7261 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7263 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7264 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7267 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7270 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7274 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7275 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7276 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7277 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7280 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7281 debug_line section. */
7284 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7289 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7290 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7291 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7292 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7295 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7296 debug_macinfo section. */
7299 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7304 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7305 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7306 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7307 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7310 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7313 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7314 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7318 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7319 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7320 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7321 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7324 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7327 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7328 long unsigned int offset
)
7332 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7333 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7334 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7335 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7338 static inline const char *
7339 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7341 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7342 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7343 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7344 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7347 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7350 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7354 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7359 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7360 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7362 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7363 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7367 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7372 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7373 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7374 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7376 static inline const char *
7377 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7379 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7381 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7384 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7385 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7386 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7388 static inline const char *
7389 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7391 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7393 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7396 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7397 NULL if it is not present. */
7399 static inline const char *
7400 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7402 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7404 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7407 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7408 if it is not present. */
7411 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7413 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7415 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7418 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7419 if it is not present. */
7421 static inline unsigned
7422 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7424 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7426 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7429 static inline dw_die_ref
7430 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7432 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7434 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7437 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7438 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7440 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7442 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7445 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7450 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7452 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
7453 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
7454 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
7457 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7462 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7464 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7467 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7472 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7474 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7475 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7476 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7479 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7484 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7486 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
7489 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7494 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7496 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7499 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7502 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7510 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7511 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7513 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7514 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7515 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7517 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7519 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7524 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7525 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7528 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7530 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7531 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7534 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7538 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7539 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7540 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7543 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7544 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7547 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7549 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7551 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7552 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7554 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7555 if (prev
== old_child
)
7557 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7558 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7562 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7563 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7565 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7566 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7569 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7572 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7575 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7576 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7580 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7584 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7590 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7592 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7594 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7595 /* Might have removed every child. */
7596 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7600 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7603 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7606 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7608 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7609 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7611 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7613 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7616 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7617 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7620 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7621 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7624 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7625 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7626 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7629 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7633 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7634 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7635 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7637 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7643 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7644 || (child
->die_parent
7645 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7647 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7648 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7650 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7654 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7657 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7659 static inline dw_die_ref
7660 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7662 dw_die_ref die
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
7664 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7666 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7667 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7670 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7672 limbo_node
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
7673 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7674 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7675 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7676 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7682 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7684 static inline dw_die_ref
7685 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7687 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7690 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7693 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7695 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7698 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7701 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7703 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7706 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7709 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7711 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7714 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7716 static inline dw_die_ref
7717 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7719 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7722 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7725 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7727 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7730 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7734 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7736 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7739 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7741 static inline var_loc_list
*
7742 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7744 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7746 return (var_loc_list
*)
7747 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7750 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7753 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7755 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7758 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7760 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7763 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7765 static struct var_loc_node
*
7766 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
)
7768 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7771 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
7773 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7776 temp
= GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list
);
7777 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7781 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
7785 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7786 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7787 we have nothing to do. */
7788 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
7789 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
7790 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7791 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
7792 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
)
7793 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7794 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
7795 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
7797 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7798 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7799 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
7805 loc
= GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node
);
7812 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7813 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7814 the DIE internal representation. */
7815 static int print_indent
;
7817 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7820 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
7822 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
7825 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7828 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
7832 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
7833 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
7836 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7837 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7840 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
7846 print_spaces (outfile
);
7847 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7848 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7849 print_spaces (outfile
);
7850 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
7851 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
7852 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7854 print_spaces (outfile
);
7855 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
7856 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7857 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7860 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7862 print_spaces (outfile
);
7863 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
7865 switch (AT_class (a
))
7867 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7868 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
7870 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7871 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
7873 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7874 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
7876 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7877 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
7878 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
7880 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7881 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
7883 case dw_val_class_const
:
7884 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
7886 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7887 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
7889 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
7890 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
7891 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
7892 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
7893 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
7895 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7896 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
7898 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7899 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
7901 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7902 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
7904 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
7906 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
7907 print_signature (outfile
,
7908 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
7910 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
7911 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
7912 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
7914 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7917 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
7919 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7920 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7921 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7922 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
7924 case dw_val_class_str
:
7925 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
7926 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
7928 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
7930 case dw_val_class_file
:
7931 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
7932 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
7934 case dw_val_class_data8
:
7938 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
7939 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
7946 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7949 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7952 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
7955 if (print_indent
== 0)
7956 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
7959 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7960 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7963 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
7966 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
7968 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7969 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
7971 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
7972 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
7973 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
7974 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
7977 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
7980 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7983 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7985 print_die (die
, stderr
);
7988 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7989 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7995 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
7996 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
7997 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8000 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8001 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8002 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8005 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8007 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8008 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8010 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8014 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8017 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8019 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8021 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8025 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8026 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8028 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8031 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8035 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8037 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8038 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8041 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8044 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8046 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8049 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8051 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8052 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8053 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8056 switch (AT_class (at
))
8058 case dw_val_class_const
:
8059 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8061 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8062 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8064 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8065 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8067 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8068 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8070 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8071 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8073 case dw_val_class_str
:
8074 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8077 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8079 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8080 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8083 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8084 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8087 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8088 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8089 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8092 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8093 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8096 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8097 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8098 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8099 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8102 case dw_val_class_file
:
8103 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8106 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8107 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8115 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8118 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8124 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8127 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8130 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8132 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8134 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8135 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8137 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8141 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8143 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8144 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8145 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8146 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8147 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8148 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8149 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8151 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8154 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8161 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8163 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8164 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8173 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8176 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8180 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8183 /* More bytes to follow. */
8191 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8192 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8195 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8199 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8201 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8202 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8203 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8206 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8208 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8212 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8213 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8215 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8218 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8221 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8224 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8226 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8227 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8228 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8230 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8231 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8235 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8238 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8239 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8240 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8241 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8245 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8248 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8249 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8251 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8254 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8256 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8258 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8259 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8260 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8261 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8262 is complete or not. */
8263 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8264 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8265 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8266 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8267 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8268 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8270 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8272 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8274 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8278 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8280 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8281 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8282 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8283 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8288 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8289 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8290 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8291 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8293 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8299 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8303 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8304 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8305 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8306 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8307 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8308 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8313 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8316 switch (AT_class (at
))
8318 case dw_val_class_const
:
8319 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8320 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8323 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8324 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8325 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8328 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8329 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8331 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8334 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8335 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8336 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8337 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8340 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8341 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8345 case dw_val_class_str
:
8346 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8347 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8350 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8352 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8353 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8354 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8357 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8358 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8359 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8362 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8363 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8364 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8367 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8368 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8369 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8370 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8373 case dw_val_class_file
:
8374 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8375 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8378 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8379 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8387 struct checksum_attributes
8389 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8390 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8438 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8441 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8446 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8457 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8459 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8460 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8462 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8463 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8465 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8466 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8468 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8469 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8471 case DW_AT_associated
:
8472 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8474 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8475 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8477 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8478 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8480 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8481 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8483 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8484 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8486 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8487 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8489 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8490 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8492 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8493 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8495 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8496 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8499 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8501 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8502 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8504 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8505 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8507 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8508 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8510 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8511 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8513 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8514 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8516 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8517 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8520 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8522 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8523 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8525 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8526 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8528 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8529 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8531 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8532 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8534 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8535 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8537 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8538 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8540 case DW_AT_location
:
8541 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8543 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8544 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8547 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8549 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8550 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8552 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8553 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8555 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8556 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8559 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8562 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8564 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8565 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8567 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8568 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8570 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8571 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8573 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8574 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8576 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8577 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8579 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8580 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8582 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8583 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8585 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8586 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8588 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8589 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
8597 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8600 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8604 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
8606 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
8609 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
8611 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8613 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
8614 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
8616 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
8664 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8667 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
8670 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
8671 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
8672 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
8674 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
8676 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8680 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8681 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
8683 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
8685 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
8687 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8691 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8692 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8693 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8694 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8696 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8697 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8698 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8699 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8700 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8701 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8702 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8705 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
8709 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8713 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8714 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8716 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8717 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8718 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8720 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
8722 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8724 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8725 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8726 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8728 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
8729 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
8730 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8732 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
8735 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8737 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8739 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
8741 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8742 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8743 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
8745 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8746 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8747 unmark_all_dies (die
);
8748 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8750 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8751 type node together. */
8752 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
8753 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
8754 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8755 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
8757 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8760 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
8763 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8765 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
8767 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
8768 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
8769 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
8772 /* Do the values look the same? */
8774 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
8776 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
8779 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
8782 switch (v1
->val_class
)
8784 case dw_val_class_const
:
8785 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
8786 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8787 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
8788 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8789 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
8790 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
8791 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8792 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
8793 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
8795 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
8796 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
8799 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8800 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
8801 case dw_val_class_str
:
8802 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
8804 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8805 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
8806 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
8807 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
8809 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
8811 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8812 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
8814 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8815 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
8817 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
8818 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
8820 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
8822 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8823 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
8825 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8826 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8827 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8828 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8831 case dw_val_class_file
:
8832 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
8834 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8835 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
8842 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8845 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
8847 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
8850 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8851 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8852 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8855 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
8858 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8861 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
8867 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8869 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
8870 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8872 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
8875 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
8876 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
8879 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
8880 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
8883 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
8884 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
8893 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
8897 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
8899 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
8909 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8912 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
8915 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
8917 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
8918 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
8923 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8925 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
8927 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8928 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
8930 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8931 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8934 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
8936 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8937 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
8938 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
8941 unsigned char checksum
[16];
8944 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8945 the name filename of the unit. */
8947 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
8949 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
8950 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
8951 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
8953 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
8954 clean_symbol_name (name
);
8956 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
8957 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
8959 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
8963 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
8964 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
8967 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8970 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8972 switch (die
->die_tag
)
8974 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
8975 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
8976 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
8977 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
8978 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
8979 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
8980 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
8981 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
8982 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
8983 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
8984 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
8985 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
8986 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
8987 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
8988 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
8989 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
8990 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
8991 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
8992 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
8999 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9000 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9001 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9002 compilations (functions). */
9005 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9007 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9008 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9009 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9010 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9012 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9015 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9016 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9017 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9018 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9020 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9022 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9025 return is_type_die (c
);
9028 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9029 compilation unit. */
9032 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9034 return (is_type_die (c
)
9035 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9036 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9037 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9041 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9045 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9046 return xstrdup (buf
);
9049 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9052 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9056 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9058 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9060 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9062 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9063 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9064 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9067 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9070 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9073 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9076 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9077 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9080 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9082 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9084 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9085 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9087 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9091 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9093 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9094 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9095 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9097 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9101 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9103 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9104 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9114 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9117 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9119 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9120 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9122 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9124 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9125 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9129 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9131 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9137 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9141 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9143 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9144 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9150 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9152 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9154 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9156 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9157 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9161 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9164 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9165 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9166 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9169 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9172 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9173 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9174 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9178 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9180 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9181 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9183 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9185 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9186 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9188 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9189 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9190 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9191 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9193 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9195 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9198 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9201 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9202 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9206 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9207 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9208 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9214 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9215 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9216 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9217 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9219 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9222 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9223 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9224 comdat_symbol_number
);
9227 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9230 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9233 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9238 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9239 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9245 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9246 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9249 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9251 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9253 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9254 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9255 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9256 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9257 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9258 if (is_declaration_die (die
) || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
))
9261 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9262 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9263 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9264 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9265 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9266 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9267 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9268 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9269 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9270 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9271 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9272 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9273 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9274 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9275 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9281 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9284 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9290 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9291 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9293 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9294 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9299 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9302 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9305 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9307 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9312 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9315 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9322 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9323 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9324 return clone_die (die
);
9326 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9327 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9329 return clone_die (decl
);
9331 clone
= GGC_CNEW (die_node
);
9332 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9334 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9336 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9337 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9338 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9342 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9343 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9344 case DW_AT_external
:
9347 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9348 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9349 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9351 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9357 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9358 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9360 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9364 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9365 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9366 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9367 attached to the specification. */
9370 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9373 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9375 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9384 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9385 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9386 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9388 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9390 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9392 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9393 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9394 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9395 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9398 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9401 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9402 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9403 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9405 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9406 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9408 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9409 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9414 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9415 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9418 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9420 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9423 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9425 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9427 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9428 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9432 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9433 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9434 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9437 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9439 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9442 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9443 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9445 node
.parent
= parent
;
9447 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9451 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9454 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9456 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9457 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9459 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9460 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9461 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9462 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9463 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9465 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9466 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9467 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9471 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9472 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9475 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9478 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9480 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9483 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9486 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9487 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9488 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9489 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9491 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9492 return node
.new_die
;
9495 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9496 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9497 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9498 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9499 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9500 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9503 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9505 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9507 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9508 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9509 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9512 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9513 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9519 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9520 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9523 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9527 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9528 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9529 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9531 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9535 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9538 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9539 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9541 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9542 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9544 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9545 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9546 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9547 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9548 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9549 type_node
= GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node
);
9550 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9551 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9552 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9554 /* Generate the type signature. */
9555 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9557 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9558 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9559 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9561 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9562 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9564 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9565 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9567 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9568 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9570 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
9573 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9574 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
9575 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
9576 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
9578 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9579 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9581 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9584 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9586 struct decl_table_entry
9592 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9595 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
9597 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
9598 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
9600 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
9604 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9606 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9607 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
9608 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9610 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
9614 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
9616 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
9621 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9622 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9623 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9624 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9627 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9629 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
9630 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
9633 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
9637 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9638 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
9639 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
9640 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9642 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9646 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9647 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9655 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
9658 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9659 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9660 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9663 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9664 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
9666 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
9668 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9670 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9677 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9678 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9682 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
9688 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9690 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
9692 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
9693 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9695 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
9697 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
9700 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
9701 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
9703 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
9705 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9706 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9707 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
9708 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
9712 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
9713 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
9715 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9719 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9720 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9721 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9722 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9723 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
9728 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9729 into the new type unit. */
9730 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
9731 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9732 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9733 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
9736 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
9737 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
9739 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9740 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9741 get visited otherwise. */
9743 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
9748 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
9751 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9752 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9753 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9754 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9755 don't have an external reference. */
9758 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
9763 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
9764 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
9765 htab_delete (decl_table
);
9769 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9770 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9771 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9774 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
9778 if (! die
->die_child
)
9781 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
9782 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
9784 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
9787 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9790 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
9796 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9797 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
9798 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
9800 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
9803 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9804 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9805 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9806 die are visited recursively. */
9809 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
9811 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
9812 unsigned int n_alloc
;
9817 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9818 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9819 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9820 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9821 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
9823 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9824 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
9827 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
9829 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
9830 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
9834 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
9836 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
9839 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
9840 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
9843 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
9845 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
9846 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
9847 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
9857 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
9859 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
9861 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
9862 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
9865 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
9866 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
9867 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
9870 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
9871 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
9874 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
9875 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
9878 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9881 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
9888 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
9891 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
9896 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9897 .debug_info section. */
9899 static unsigned long
9900 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9902 unsigned long size
= 0;
9906 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
9907 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9909 switch (AT_class (a
))
9911 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9912 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9914 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9915 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9917 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9919 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
9922 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
9926 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
9927 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9929 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
9930 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9932 case dw_val_class_const
:
9933 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
9935 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9936 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
9938 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9939 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
9940 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
9943 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9944 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9945 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9946 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
9947 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
9949 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9952 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9953 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
9955 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9956 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9957 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9958 it's always sized as an offset. */
9959 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
9960 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
9961 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
9962 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9964 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9967 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9969 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9970 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9972 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9973 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
9975 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9976 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9977 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9979 case dw_val_class_str
:
9980 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
9981 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
9983 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
9985 case dw_val_class_file
:
9986 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
9988 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9999 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10000 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10001 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10002 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10005 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10009 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10010 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10012 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10014 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10015 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10016 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10019 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10020 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10021 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10022 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10025 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10029 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10032 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10035 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10038 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10042 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10043 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10046 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10049 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10052 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10058 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10062 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10064 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10065 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10066 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10069 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10070 generated for the compilation unit. */
10072 static unsigned long
10073 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10075 unsigned long size
;
10079 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10080 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10081 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10082 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10083 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10084 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10086 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10090 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10092 static unsigned long
10093 size_of_aranges (void)
10095 unsigned long size
;
10097 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10099 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10100 if (text_section_used
)
10101 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10102 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10103 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10104 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10106 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10107 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10111 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10113 static enum dwarf_form
10114 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10116 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10118 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10119 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10120 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10123 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10124 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10125 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10126 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10130 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10133 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10135 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10137 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10139 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10141 gcc_unreachable ();
10143 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10144 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10145 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10146 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10149 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10151 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10153 gcc_unreachable ();
10155 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10156 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10159 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10161 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10163 gcc_unreachable ();
10165 case dw_val_class_const
:
10166 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10167 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10168 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10171 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10173 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10175 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10177 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10179 gcc_unreachable ();
10181 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10182 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10185 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10187 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10189 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10192 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10194 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10195 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10196 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10199 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10201 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10203 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10205 gcc_unreachable ();
10207 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10208 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10209 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10210 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10211 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10213 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10214 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10215 return DW_FORM_data
;
10216 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10217 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10218 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10219 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10220 return DW_FORM_data
;
10221 case dw_val_class_str
:
10222 return AT_string_form (a
);
10223 case dw_val_class_file
:
10224 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10227 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10229 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10231 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10233 gcc_unreachable ();
10236 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10237 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10240 gcc_unreachable ();
10244 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10247 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10249 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10254 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10258 output_abbrev_section (void)
10260 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10262 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10264 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10266 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10268 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10270 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10272 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10275 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10277 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10280 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10281 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10282 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10289 /* Terminate the table. */
10290 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10293 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10296 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10298 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10303 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10304 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10305 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10307 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10309 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10312 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10315 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10316 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10317 const char *section
)
10319 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node
);
10321 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10322 retlist
->end
= end
;
10323 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10324 retlist
->section
= section
;
10329 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10330 hasn't got one yet. */
10333 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10335 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10336 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10339 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10342 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10344 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10346 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10348 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10349 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10351 unsigned long size
;
10352 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10353 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10355 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10357 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10358 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10359 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10360 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10361 "Location list end address (%s)",
10362 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10366 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10367 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10368 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10369 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10370 "Location list end address (%s)",
10371 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10373 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10375 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10376 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10377 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10379 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10382 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10383 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10384 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10385 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10386 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10387 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10390 /* Output a type signature. */
10393 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10397 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10398 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10401 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10402 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10405 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10409 unsigned long size
;
10412 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10413 them to point to. */
10414 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10415 output_die_symbol (die
);
10417 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10418 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10419 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10421 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10423 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10425 switch (AT_class (a
))
10427 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10428 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10431 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10432 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10436 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10438 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10440 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10441 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10442 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10443 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10448 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10449 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10451 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10452 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10454 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10457 case dw_val_class_const
:
10458 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10459 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10460 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10461 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10464 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10465 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10466 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10469 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10471 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10473 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10474 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10475 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10476 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10479 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10481 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10482 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10486 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10487 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10490 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10492 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10497 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10499 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10500 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10504 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10505 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10506 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10511 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10513 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10514 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10515 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10519 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10520 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
10523 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10525 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
10528 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
10533 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10534 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10536 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10538 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
10539 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10541 gcc_assert (type_node
);
10542 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
10546 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10550 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10551 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10553 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10554 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10556 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10557 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
10563 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
10564 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
10569 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
10574 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
10575 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
10580 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10581 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
10584 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10585 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10586 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
10589 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10590 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
10591 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
10594 case dw_val_class_str
:
10595 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10596 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10597 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
10599 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
10601 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
10604 case dw_val_class_file
:
10606 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
10608 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
10609 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
10613 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10617 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
10618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
10619 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10624 gcc_unreachable ();
10628 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
10630 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10631 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10632 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10633 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
10636 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10637 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10640 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10642 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
10644 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10645 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10646 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10649 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10650 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10651 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10652 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
10653 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
10654 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10655 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
10656 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
10657 debug_abbrev_section
,
10658 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10662 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10665 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
10667 const char *secname
;
10668 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
10670 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10671 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
10674 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10675 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10676 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10677 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10678 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10681 build_abbrev_table (die
);
10683 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10684 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10685 calc_die_sizes (die
);
10687 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10690 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
10692 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
10694 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
10695 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10698 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
10700 /* Output debugging information. */
10701 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10704 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10705 output_pubnames. */
10709 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
10713 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10716 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
10718 const char *secname
;
10721 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10725 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10726 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10728 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
10730 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10731 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
10732 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
10734 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10735 secname
= ".debug_types";
10736 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10737 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
10738 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10739 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10740 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
10741 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
10742 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
10745 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
10746 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10747 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10748 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
10750 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
10753 /* Output debugging information. */
10754 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10755 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
10756 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
10757 "Offset to Type DIE");
10758 output_die (node
->root_die
);
10760 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
10763 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10765 static const char *
10766 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
10768 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
10771 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10774 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
10779 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
10780 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
10784 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10786 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10788 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10790 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
10794 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10797 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10802 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10803 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
10804 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
10809 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
10811 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10812 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
10813 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
10814 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
10815 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
10817 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
10822 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
10824 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
10827 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10828 it to the table. */
10829 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
10830 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
10834 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10835 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10838 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10841 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
10844 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10845 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10846 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10847 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10848 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10849 "Length of Public Names Info");
10851 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
10852 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10853 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10854 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10855 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10856 debug_info_section
,
10857 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10858 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
10859 "Compilation Unit Length");
10861 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
10863 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10864 if (names
== pubname_table
)
10865 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
10867 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10868 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10869 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10871 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
10874 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
10878 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10881 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10884 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
10886 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10889 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
10891 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10892 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
10893 arange_table_allocated
);
10894 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
10895 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10898 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
10901 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10902 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10903 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10906 output_aranges (void)
10909 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
10911 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
10912 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10913 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10914 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
10915 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10916 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10917 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10918 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
10919 debug_info_section
,
10920 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
10922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10924 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10925 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
10927 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10929 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10930 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
10931 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
10932 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
10935 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10936 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10937 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10938 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10939 confused with the terminator. */
10940 if (text_section_used
)
10942 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
10943 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
10944 text_section_label
, "Length");
10946 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10948 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
10950 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
10951 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
10954 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
10956 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
10958 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10959 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10961 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10963 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
10965 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
10966 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
10970 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10971 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10972 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10973 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
10974 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10976 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
10979 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
10981 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10982 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
10983 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
10984 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
10989 /* Output the terminator words. */
10990 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10991 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
10994 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10997 static unsigned int
10998 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11000 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11002 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11004 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11005 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11006 ranges_table_allocated
);
11007 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11008 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11011 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11012 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11014 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11017 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11018 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11020 static unsigned int
11021 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11023 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11026 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11029 static unsigned int
11030 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin
, const char *end
)
11032 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11034 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11036 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11037 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11039 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11040 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11041 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11042 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11045 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11046 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11047 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11049 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11053 output_ranges (void)
11056 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
11057 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11059 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11061 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11065 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11066 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11068 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11071 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11072 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11073 base of the text section. */
11074 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11076 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11077 text_section_label
,
11078 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11079 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11080 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11083 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11084 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11085 about whether the target supports cross-section
11089 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11090 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11091 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11097 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11098 else if (block_num
< 0)
11100 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11102 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11104 gcc_unreachable ();
11106 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11107 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11108 the #if 0 above. */
11109 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11110 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11111 text_section_label
,
11112 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11113 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11114 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11115 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11120 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11121 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11122 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11123 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11124 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11130 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11131 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11137 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11140 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11141 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11142 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11143 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11144 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11147 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11151 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11152 int length
; /* Path length. */
11153 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11154 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11155 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11158 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11159 the directories in the path. */
11162 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11164 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11165 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11166 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11167 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11169 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11170 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11171 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11172 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11173 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11174 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11175 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11177 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11178 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11184 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11185 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11186 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11187 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11188 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11190 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11191 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11192 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11196 struct file_name_acquire_data
11198 struct file_info
*files
;
11203 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11206 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11208 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11209 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11210 struct file_info
*fi
;
11213 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11215 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11218 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11220 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11222 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11224 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11227 /* Create a new array entry. */
11229 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11232 /* Search for the file name part. */
11233 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11234 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11236 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11240 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11246 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11250 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11251 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11252 slowdowns with many input files. */
11255 output_file_names (void)
11257 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11259 struct file_info
*files
;
11260 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11268 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11271 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11275 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11277 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11278 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11279 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11281 fnad
.files
= files
;
11282 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11283 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11284 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11285 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11287 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11289 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11290 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11291 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11292 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11294 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11295 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11298 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11299 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11300 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11301 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11303 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11304 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11305 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11311 /* This is a new directory. */
11312 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11313 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11314 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11315 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11316 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11318 /* Search for a prefix. */
11319 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11320 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11321 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11322 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11323 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11324 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11325 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11326 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11331 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11332 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11333 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11334 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11335 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11336 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11337 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11338 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11340 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11341 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11346 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11347 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11348 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11349 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11351 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11354 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11356 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11360 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11361 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11362 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11366 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11367 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11369 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11370 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11375 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11377 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11379 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11380 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11381 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11383 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11384 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11386 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11387 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11392 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11393 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11394 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11395 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11397 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11398 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11400 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11402 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11403 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11404 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11405 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11406 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11407 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11409 /* Now write all the file names. */
11410 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11412 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11413 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11415 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11416 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11418 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11419 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11424 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11425 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11426 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11427 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11429 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11430 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11431 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11433 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11434 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11436 /* Include directory index. */
11437 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11439 /* Modification time. */
11440 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11441 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11445 /* File length in bytes. */
11446 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11447 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11451 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11452 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11454 /* Include directory index. */
11455 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11457 /* Modification time. */
11458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11460 /* File length in bytes. */
11461 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11465 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11469 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11470 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11473 output_line_info (void)
11475 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11476 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11477 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11479 unsigned n_op_args
;
11480 unsigned long lt_index
;
11481 unsigned long current_line
;
11484 unsigned long current_file
;
11485 unsigned long function
;
11486 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11488 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11489 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11490 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11494 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11495 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11497 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11499 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11500 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11501 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11502 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11503 "Length of Source Line Info");
11504 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
11506 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
11507 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
11508 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
11510 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11511 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11512 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11513 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11514 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11515 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11516 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11517 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11519 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
11522 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11523 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
11524 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11525 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
11526 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11527 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
11528 "Special Opcode Base");
11530 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
11534 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
11535 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
11536 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
11537 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
11538 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
11546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11550 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11551 output_file_names ();
11552 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
11554 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11555 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11556 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11558 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11559 a series of state machine operations. */
11563 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
11564 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
11566 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
11567 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
11569 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11572 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11573 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11576 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11577 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11578 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11579 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11580 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
11584 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11586 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11587 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11588 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11589 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11590 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11591 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11593 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
11596 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11597 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11598 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11599 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11603 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11604 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11606 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11608 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11611 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11613 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11614 different from the previous line. */
11615 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11617 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11619 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11622 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11623 that uses the least amount of space. */
11624 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11626 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11627 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11628 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11629 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11630 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11631 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11634 "line %lu", current_line
);
11637 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11638 depending on the value being encoded. */
11639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11640 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11641 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11642 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11646 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11650 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11654 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11655 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
11665 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11666 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11672 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
11674 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11675 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
11678 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11679 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
11680 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
11681 && line_info
->function
== function
)
11685 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11686 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11687 to handle it differently. */
11688 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
11690 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
11692 function
= line_info
->function
;
11694 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11696 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11698 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11702 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11706 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11707 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11711 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11712 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11714 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11718 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
11720 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11721 different from the previous line. */
11722 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
11724 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
11725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
11729 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11730 that uses the least amount of space. */
11731 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
11733 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
11734 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
11735 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
11736 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
11737 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
11738 "line %lu", current_line
);
11741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
11742 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
11743 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
11744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11748 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
11756 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11757 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
11758 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
11763 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11764 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
11767 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
11768 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11769 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
11773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11774 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
11775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
11776 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
11779 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11780 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11781 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
11782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
11786 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11787 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
11790 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11792 static unsigned long
11793 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11795 unsigned long size
;
11798 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11800 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11801 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
11803 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11804 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11806 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
11807 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11808 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11810 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11811 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
11812 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11814 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11815 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
11817 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
11823 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11824 identical function have been merged. */
11827 output_dcall_table (void)
11830 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
11832 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11833 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
11835 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11836 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11837 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11838 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
11839 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11840 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11841 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11842 debug_info_section
,
11843 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11846 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11848 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11849 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
11851 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
11852 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
11855 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
11856 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
11857 "Caller DIE offset");
11860 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11861 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
11863 "Callee DIE offset");
11867 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11869 static unsigned long
11870 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11872 unsigned long size
;
11876 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11879 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11880 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11881 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
11886 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11887 identical function have been merged. */
11890 output_vcall_table (void)
11893 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
11895 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11897 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11898 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11899 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
11901 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11902 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11903 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11905 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
11907 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
11908 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
11909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
11913 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11914 a DIE that describes the given type.
11916 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11917 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11920 base_type_die (tree type
)
11922 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
11923 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
11925 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
11928 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11929 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11930 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11931 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11933 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11936 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
11938 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11939 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
11941 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
11943 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11944 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
11946 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
11950 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
11952 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
11953 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
11955 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11958 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
11961 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
11962 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
11963 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11964 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
11965 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
11967 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
11970 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11971 a user defined type for it. */
11973 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
11974 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
11976 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
11980 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11981 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
11985 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11986 gcc_unreachable ();
11989 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
11991 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
11992 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
11993 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
11995 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
11996 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
11997 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
11999 return base_type_result
;
12002 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12003 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12006 is_base_type (tree type
)
12008 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12014 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12022 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12023 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12024 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12027 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12034 gcc_unreachable ();
12040 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12041 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12042 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12043 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12044 ERROR_MARK node. */
12046 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12047 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12049 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12050 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12051 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12053 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12054 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12056 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12059 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12060 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12063 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12065 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12066 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12068 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12069 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12071 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12073 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12075 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12076 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12077 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12081 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12083 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12085 return subrange_die
;
12088 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12089 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12092 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12093 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12095 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12096 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12097 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12098 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12099 tree qualified_type
;
12100 tree name
, low
, high
;
12102 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12105 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12108 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12109 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12110 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12112 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12113 if (qualified_type
)
12115 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12117 return mod_type_die
;
12120 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12122 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12123 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
12125 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12127 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12129 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12130 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12131 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12133 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12134 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12135 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12136 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12137 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12138 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12139 type to which it refers. */
12140 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12141 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12143 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12148 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12149 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12151 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12153 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12154 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12156 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12158 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12159 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12160 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12161 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12162 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12163 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12164 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12166 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12168 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12169 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12170 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12171 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12172 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12173 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12174 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12176 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12177 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12178 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12180 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12181 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12183 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12184 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12187 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12189 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12190 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12191 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12192 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12193 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12195 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12196 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12198 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12199 not the main variant. */
12200 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12203 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12204 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12205 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12206 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12207 if the base type already has the same name. */
12209 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12210 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12211 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12212 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12213 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12214 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12216 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12217 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12218 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12219 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12220 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12221 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12224 if (qualified_type
)
12225 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12228 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12229 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12230 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12231 types are possible in Ada. */
12232 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12233 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12234 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12237 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12238 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12240 return mod_type_die
;
12243 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12244 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12245 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12248 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12252 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12254 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12258 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12259 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12260 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12264 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12266 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12267 or function. End of story. */
12270 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12271 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12272 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12274 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12276 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12277 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12278 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12279 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12281 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12283 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12284 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12285 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12286 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12287 an argument pack. */
12288 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12289 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12293 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12294 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12299 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12300 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12301 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12302 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12303 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12305 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12306 as a child node. */
12309 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12311 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12313 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12314 const char *name
= NULL
;
12316 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12319 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12320 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12321 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12323 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12324 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12325 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12326 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12327 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12328 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12329 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12330 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12331 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12332 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12333 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12334 name of the template template argument. */
12335 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12338 gcc_unreachable ();
12344 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12345 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12346 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12347 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12351 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12353 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12356 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12358 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12359 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12360 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12361 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12362 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12363 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12364 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12365 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12370 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12371 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12372 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12374 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12375 to the name of the argument. */
12376 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12378 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12381 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12382 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12383 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12384 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12386 We must be careful here:
12387 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12388 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12389 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12390 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12391 emitted after cgraph computations.
12392 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12393 after cgraph is ready. */
12394 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12400 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12401 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12402 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12405 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12406 tree parm_pack_args
,
12407 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12412 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12414 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12415 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12416 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12417 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12418 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12419 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12424 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12425 an enumerated type. */
12428 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12430 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12433 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12435 static unsigned int
12436 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12438 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12440 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12442 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12443 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12445 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12446 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12447 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12451 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
12454 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12455 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12456 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12459 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
12461 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
12463 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
12465 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12466 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
12469 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
12470 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
12474 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12475 zero if there is none. */
12477 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12478 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12482 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12485 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
12487 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
12488 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
12490 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
12493 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12494 a given hard register number. */
12496 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12497 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
12499 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
12503 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
12505 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
12507 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12508 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12510 return reg_loc_descr
;
12513 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12514 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12516 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12517 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
12518 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12520 int nregs
, size
, i
;
12522 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12525 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12526 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12528 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
12529 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12530 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12533 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
12534 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
12536 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12537 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
12539 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
12544 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12546 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
12547 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12548 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12549 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12555 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12557 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
12559 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12562 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
12564 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
12566 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
12567 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12568 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
12569 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
12570 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
12573 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12574 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12578 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12580 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12582 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12584 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12585 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12587 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12589 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12590 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12594 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
12595 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12596 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
12597 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12598 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
12599 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12600 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12601 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
12608 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
12609 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12610 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
12611 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12612 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12613 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
12618 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
12622 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12623 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12624 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12626 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12627 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
12630 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
12632 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
12639 else if (i
<= 0xff)
12641 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
12643 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12644 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
12647 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
12653 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
12655 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
12656 || i
>= -0x80000000)
12659 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
12661 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12662 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12663 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12664 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12665 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12666 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
12668 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
12669 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
12670 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
12674 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
12676 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
12677 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
12681 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12683 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12684 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
12685 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12687 unsigned int regno
;
12688 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
12689 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
12691 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12692 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12693 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12694 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12695 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12697 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
12701 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
12703 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
12704 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
12706 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12707 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12708 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
12709 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
12710 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12711 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
12713 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12714 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12715 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12716 access stack variables. */
12717 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
12718 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
12721 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
12722 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12723 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
12724 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
12727 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
12728 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12732 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
12733 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
12734 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
12736 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12737 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12738 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
12741 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
12743 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
12746 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
12748 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
12749 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
12754 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12757 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
12759 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
12760 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
12761 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12762 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
12765 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12768 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12769 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
12772 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
12774 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
12777 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
12779 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
12780 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
12783 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
12784 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
12787 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
12788 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
12793 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12797 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
12799 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
12801 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12803 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
12806 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
12807 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
12809 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
12813 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12814 or via for_each_rtx. */
12817 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12821 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
12824 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
12827 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
12828 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12829 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12832 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12833 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12838 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
12841 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12842 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12843 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12844 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12845 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12846 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
12848 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
12850 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
12852 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
12853 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12861 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12862 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12863 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12866 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
12868 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
12869 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
12871 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
12872 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
12877 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12878 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12879 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12880 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12882 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12883 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12884 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12885 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12887 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12888 autoincrement addressing modes.
12890 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12891 location list for RTL.
12893 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12895 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12896 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
12897 enum var_init_status initialized
)
12899 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
12900 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
12901 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
12903 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12904 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12905 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12906 zeroth element of the array. */
12908 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
12910 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
12915 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
12918 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12919 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12920 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12921 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12922 contains the given subreg. */
12923 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
12925 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
12926 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12928 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
12930 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
12934 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12935 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12936 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12937 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12938 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12939 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12940 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12941 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12942 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12943 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12944 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12945 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12946 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12947 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12948 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12949 else if (stack_realign_drap
12951 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
12952 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
12954 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12955 out, use DRAP instead. */
12956 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
12957 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12963 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
12964 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12969 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12970 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
12971 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
12972 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
12976 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
12977 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12978 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
12979 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
12980 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
12985 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
12986 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
12987 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
12988 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
12989 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
12991 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12993 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
12996 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
12997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
12999 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13000 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13001 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13005 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13006 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13007 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13012 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13014 /* ... fall through ... */
13017 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13018 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13022 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13023 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13025 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13027 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13028 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13031 temp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13032 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13033 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13034 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13036 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13037 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13042 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13046 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13047 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13048 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13049 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13055 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13056 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13060 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13061 PLUS code below. */
13062 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13067 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13069 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13070 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13071 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13072 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13074 /* ... fall through ... */
13078 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13079 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13080 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13081 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13084 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13085 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13086 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13089 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13090 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13093 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13094 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13095 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13096 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13098 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13099 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13100 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13105 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13106 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13148 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13149 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13150 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13151 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13153 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13156 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13157 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13158 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13162 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13163 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13164 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13165 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13167 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13170 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13171 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13172 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13173 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13174 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13175 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13176 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13192 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13193 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13198 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13199 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13203 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13231 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13232 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13236 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13238 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13239 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13240 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13243 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13244 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13245 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13246 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13248 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13251 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13252 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13254 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13255 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13256 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13257 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13258 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13260 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13262 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13263 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13266 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13267 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13269 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13270 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13271 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13272 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13273 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13274 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13275 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13276 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13277 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13278 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13279 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13280 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13281 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13282 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13283 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13284 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13285 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13288 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13289 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13290 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13291 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13294 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13295 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13301 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13302 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13303 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13304 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13306 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13307 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13308 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13329 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13330 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13334 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13336 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13337 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13338 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13341 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13342 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13343 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13344 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13346 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13349 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13350 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13352 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13353 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13355 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13356 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13359 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13360 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13362 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13363 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13364 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13365 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13366 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13367 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13369 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13370 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13372 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13373 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13374 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13375 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13376 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13377 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13379 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13380 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13385 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13386 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13387 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13388 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13389 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13390 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13392 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13402 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13403 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13404 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13407 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13408 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13409 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13410 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13412 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13415 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
13416 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13417 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13418 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
13420 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13422 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13423 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13424 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13425 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13426 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13430 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13431 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13432 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13433 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13436 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13438 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13439 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13440 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13441 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13442 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13443 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13444 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13447 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
13451 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13452 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13453 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13455 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
13457 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
13458 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
13459 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
13460 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
13461 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
13462 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
13463 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
13469 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13470 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13471 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13472 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
13473 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
13474 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13475 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13478 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13479 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13482 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
13486 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13487 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13488 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
13489 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13490 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13492 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13494 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13495 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13497 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13499 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13501 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13502 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
13503 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13513 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13514 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13541 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
13543 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
13546 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
13547 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
13549 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
13560 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13561 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13566 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
13570 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13571 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
13572 gcc_unreachable ();
13578 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13579 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13581 return mem_loc_result
;
13584 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13585 This is typically a complex variable. */
13587 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13588 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13590 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13591 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13592 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13593 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13594 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13596 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
13599 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
13600 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
13602 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
13603 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
13605 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13606 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13608 return cc_loc_result
;
13611 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13614 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13615 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13618 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
13619 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
13621 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
13623 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
13624 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
13626 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13630 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
13631 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
13634 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13635 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13637 return cc_loc_result
;
13640 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13641 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13642 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13643 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13644 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13646 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13647 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13648 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13650 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13652 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13653 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13654 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13656 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13658 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13661 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13662 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13663 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13664 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13665 contains the given subreg. */
13666 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
13670 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13675 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13679 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13681 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13682 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13683 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13685 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13686 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13687 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13692 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
13697 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
13702 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13704 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0), mode
,
13709 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13714 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
13715 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
13716 enum machine_mode mode
;
13719 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13720 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
13721 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13722 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13724 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
13725 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13726 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
13728 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13730 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
13731 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13734 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
13735 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
13736 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
13742 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
13743 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
13748 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13749 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13751 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13753 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13755 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13756 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13757 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13758 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13759 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13760 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
13761 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
13763 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
13764 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
13766 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
13767 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13768 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
13769 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
13770 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13774 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
13775 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.high
13776 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
);
13777 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
.low
13778 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
);
13784 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
13785 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
13787 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13789 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
13790 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
13791 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
13795 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
13796 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
13798 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
13799 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13801 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13802 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
13804 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
13812 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
13813 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
13817 gcc_unreachable ();
13820 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
13821 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
13824 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
13825 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
13827 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
13828 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
13833 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
13834 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
13839 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
13840 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
13842 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
13843 insert_float (elt
, p
);
13848 gcc_unreachable ();
13851 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13852 length
* elt_size
, 0);
13853 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
13854 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
13855 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
13856 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
13861 if (mode
== VOIDmode
13862 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
13863 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13864 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
13866 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13871 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13874 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13875 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13877 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13878 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13879 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13880 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13881 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13886 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
13887 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13888 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13890 /* Value expression. */
13891 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13893 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13894 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13902 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13903 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13904 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13905 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13906 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13907 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13909 static const char *
13910 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
13912 const char *secname
;
13914 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
13916 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
13917 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13919 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
13921 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
13922 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
13924 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13925 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
13927 secname
= text_section_label
;
13932 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13935 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
13937 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
13938 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
13939 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
13942 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13945 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13946 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
13947 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13949 int have_address
= 0;
13950 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
13951 enum machine_mode mode
;
13953 if (want_address
!= 2)
13955 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
13957 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
13959 varloc
= XEXP (XEXP (varloc
, 1), 0);
13960 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
13961 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
13963 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
13964 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
13969 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
13971 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
13975 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
13982 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, DECL_MODE (loc
), initialized
);
13989 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
13990 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13992 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13994 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
13995 "DWARF address size mismatch");
13998 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14001 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14002 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14004 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14005 "Want address and only have value");
14009 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14010 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14012 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14013 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14015 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14017 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14018 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14021 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14024 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14026 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14032 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14033 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14036 static dw_loc_list_ref
14037 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14039 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14041 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14042 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14043 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14044 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14045 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14046 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14048 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14049 actually construct the list of locations.
14050 The first location information is what is passed to the
14051 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14052 locations just get added on to that list.
14053 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14054 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14055 the range [current location start, next location start].
14056 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14057 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14059 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14061 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
14062 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14064 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14065 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14066 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14067 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14068 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14071 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, node
->next
->label
,
14073 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14077 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14078 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14079 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
14081 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->var_loc_note
);
14082 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
14083 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14086 if (!current_function_decl
)
14087 endname
= text_end_label
;
14090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14091 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14092 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14095 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14096 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14100 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14101 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14102 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14103 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14104 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14106 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14112 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14113 as location description. */
14116 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14118 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14119 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14122 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14125 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14127 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14128 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14129 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14132 copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14133 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14134 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14135 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14137 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node
);
14138 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14139 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14142 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14146 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14147 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14148 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14149 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14151 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14152 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14153 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14154 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14158 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14167 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14169 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14172 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14174 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14178 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14179 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14180 " location lists.\n");
14185 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14186 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14188 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14189 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14191 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14192 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14193 enum machine_mode mode
;
14195 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14200 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14202 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14203 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14205 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14207 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14208 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14211 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14212 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14213 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14216 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14217 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14218 into simple arithmetics. */
14220 static dw_loc_list_ref
14221 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14224 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14225 enum machine_mode mode
;
14227 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14228 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14230 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14231 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14232 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14234 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14236 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14239 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14241 expansion_failed (obj
,
14242 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14245 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14246 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14248 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14249 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14251 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14256 /* Variable offset. */
14257 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14258 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14260 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14263 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14264 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14266 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14268 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14269 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
14271 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14272 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14273 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14274 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14280 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14281 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14282 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14283 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14284 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14285 to refer to register values). */
14287 static dw_loc_list_ref
14288 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14290 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
14291 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14292 int have_address
= 0;
14293 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14295 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14296 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14299 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
14302 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
14305 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
14306 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14307 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14308 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14309 the names of types. */
14310 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14314 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
14315 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14318 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14319 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14320 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
14321 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
14322 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14323 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14327 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14328 e.g. for &this->field. */
14331 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14332 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
14335 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
14336 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14339 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14340 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
14341 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
14345 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14351 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
14354 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
14355 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
14356 bool dtprel
= false;
14358 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
14360 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14362 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
14365 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14366 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14368 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
14370 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14372 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
14376 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
14377 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
14379 loc
= emutls_decl (loc
);
14380 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
14381 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
14384 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14385 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14390 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14391 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
14394 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
14395 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14396 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14397 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
14399 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
14400 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
14408 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
14409 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
14414 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
14417 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
14419 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
14421 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
14422 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
14425 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
14426 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
14428 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
14431 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
14433 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
14434 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14435 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
14436 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
14438 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
14440 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
14443 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14445 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14446 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14447 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14451 enum machine_mode mode
;
14453 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14454 if (want_address
== 2)
14456 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
14457 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14462 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14465 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14468 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14471 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
14472 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14478 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF
:
14479 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
14480 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14484 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
14485 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
14488 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
14491 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
14493 case COMPONENT_REF
:
14494 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
14496 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
14497 case REALPART_EXPR
:
14498 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
14501 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14502 enum machine_mode mode
;
14504 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14506 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14507 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14509 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
14511 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
14513 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
14514 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14515 for nonzero bitpos. */
14518 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
14520 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14521 "bitfield access");
14525 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
14527 /* Variable offset. */
14528 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14529 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14531 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14534 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
14537 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14539 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
14540 else if (bytepos
< 0)
14541 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
14548 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14549 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14551 else if (want_address
== 2
14552 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
14553 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14554 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
14555 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
14557 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
14558 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
14561 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14562 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14571 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
14574 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14575 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14576 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14579 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
14580 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
14585 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
14590 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
14591 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
14596 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
14597 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
14598 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
14599 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
14600 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14609 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
14610 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
14611 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
14612 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
14613 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
14618 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14619 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14620 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14623 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14626 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14627 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14628 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
14629 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
14630 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
14642 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
14645 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
14647 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14648 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
14650 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14654 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
14662 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14669 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14676 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14683 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
14698 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14699 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14700 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
14703 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14706 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14709 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
14723 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14727 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14733 const enum tree_code code
=
14734 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
14736 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
14737 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
14738 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
14739 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
14742 /* ... fall through ... */
14746 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14747 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
14748 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14749 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
14750 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
14752 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
14753 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
14756 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14757 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
14759 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
14760 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
14761 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
14763 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
14764 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14765 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
14767 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14768 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
14769 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
14770 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14771 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
14775 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
14779 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14780 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14781 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
14782 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
14784 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14785 "language specific tree node");
14789 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14790 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14791 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14792 gcc_unreachable ();
14794 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14795 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14800 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
14803 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14804 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14806 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14808 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14809 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14813 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14815 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14816 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14819 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14820 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14822 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14823 "Want address and only have value");
14827 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
14829 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14830 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14832 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14834 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14836 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14837 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14840 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14843 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14846 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14848 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14851 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
14856 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14857 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14858 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
14860 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
14863 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
14865 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14866 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14872 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14873 which is not less than the value itself. */
14875 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14876 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
14878 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
14881 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14882 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14883 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14884 ERROR_MARK node. */
14887 field_type (const_tree decl
)
14891 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14892 return integer_type_node
;
14894 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
14895 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
14896 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
14901 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14902 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14903 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14905 static inline unsigned
14906 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
14908 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14911 static inline unsigned
14912 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
14914 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
14917 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14919 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14920 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t
, unsigned int align
)
14922 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14923 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14924 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14925 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14926 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u
= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) t
;
14932 return (HOST_WIDE_INT
) u
;
14935 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14936 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14937 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14938 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14939 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14942 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14943 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
14945 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
14946 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
14948 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
14951 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
14953 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14954 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14955 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14956 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
14959 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
14961 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14962 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
14965 tree field_size_tree
;
14966 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
14967 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
14968 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
14969 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
14970 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
14972 type
= field_type (decl
);
14973 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
14974 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
14976 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
14978 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14979 a flexible array member. */
14980 if (!field_size_tree
)
14981 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
14983 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14984 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
14985 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
14987 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
14989 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
14991 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
14992 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
14993 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
14994 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
14995 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
14996 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
14997 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
14998 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
14999 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15001 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15003 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15004 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15005 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15006 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15007 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15008 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15009 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15010 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15011 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15012 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15013 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15015 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15016 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15017 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15018 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15019 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15020 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15021 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15022 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15023 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15024 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15027 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15028 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15029 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15030 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15031 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15032 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15033 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15035 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15036 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15037 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
15039 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15040 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15042 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15044 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15046 object_offset_in_bits
15047 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15049 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
15051 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
15053 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15054 object_offset_in_bits
15055 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15060 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15062 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15065 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15066 associated with them. */
15068 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15070 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15071 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15072 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15075 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15076 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15080 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15081 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15083 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15086 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15087 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15088 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15089 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15090 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15091 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15094 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15095 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15096 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15097 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15098 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15099 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15100 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15101 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15102 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15103 function below.) */
15106 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15108 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15109 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15111 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15113 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15114 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15116 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15117 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15118 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15119 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15121 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15123 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15125 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15127 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15128 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15129 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15131 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15132 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15133 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15135 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15136 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15137 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15139 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15140 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15141 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15142 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15144 /* Extract the offset. */
15145 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15146 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15148 /* Add it to the object address. */
15149 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15150 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15153 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15156 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15160 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15162 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15163 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15168 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15170 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15171 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15172 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15174 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15175 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15176 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15180 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15183 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15187 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15190 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15193 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15197 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15203 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15205 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15206 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15208 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15214 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15220 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15223 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
15225 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
15229 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
15230 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
15232 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15233 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
15235 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
15240 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15241 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15242 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15243 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15244 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15247 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
15249 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
15253 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15256 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
15258 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
15263 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15264 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15265 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15268 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15270 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
15272 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
15273 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
);
15275 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
15276 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
15279 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
15280 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
15286 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15287 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
15288 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
15289 unsigned char *array
= GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length
* elt_size
);
15293 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
15295 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
15296 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15298 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15299 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
15301 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
15309 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
15310 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
15314 gcc_unreachable ();
15317 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
15318 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
15321 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
15322 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15324 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
15325 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15330 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15331 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15336 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
15337 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
15339 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
15340 insert_float (elt
, p
);
15345 gcc_unreachable ();
15348 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
15353 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15355 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
15356 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
15358 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15359 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15360 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15361 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15362 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
15363 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
15369 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15370 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
15373 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15376 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
15381 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15382 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15383 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15384 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15385 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15386 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15387 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15388 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15389 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15390 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15391 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15399 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15400 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
15401 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
15403 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
15409 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15410 gcc_unreachable ();
15415 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15416 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15419 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
15420 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15422 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
15423 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
15425 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
15426 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15428 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15429 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15430 be conservative. */
15431 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15432 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
15434 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
15436 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
15440 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
15441 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
15443 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15444 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15445 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15446 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15447 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
15450 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
15456 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15457 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15460 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
15462 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
15464 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15465 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15466 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15468 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15469 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
15470 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15472 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
15474 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
15475 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
15476 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
15477 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
15478 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
15480 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
15481 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
15482 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
15483 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
15486 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15488 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
15490 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15491 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15492 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
15494 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15495 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15496 reference variables which won't be output. */
15497 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
15498 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
15500 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15502 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
15503 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15508 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
15510 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
15511 bool constant_p
= true;
15513 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
15515 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15516 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15517 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15518 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
15519 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
15521 constant_p
= false;
15527 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
15537 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
15539 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15540 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
15546 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15549 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
15553 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15554 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15555 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15557 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15558 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15559 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15560 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15561 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15562 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15563 referenced within the function.
15565 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15566 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15567 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15568 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15570 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15571 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15572 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15573 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15574 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15575 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15577 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15578 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15579 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15580 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15581 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15582 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15583 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15584 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15585 output at debug-time.
15587 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15588 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15589 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15590 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15591 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15592 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15593 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15594 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15595 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15596 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15597 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15598 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15599 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15601 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15602 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15603 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15604 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15605 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15606 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15607 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15608 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15609 I'd like to fix it.
15611 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15612 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15613 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15614 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15615 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15616 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15617 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15618 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15619 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15620 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15621 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15623 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15624 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
15626 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15627 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15628 fixed registers. */
15629 if (! reload_completed
)
15632 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
15634 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
15636 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15637 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
15639 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15644 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
15646 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
15648 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15649 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
15650 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
15651 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
15653 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15654 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15655 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15656 if (dmode
== pmode
)
15657 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15658 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
15659 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15660 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15662 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
15665 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
15667 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15668 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
15669 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
15670 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
15677 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15678 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15679 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15680 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15681 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15682 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15684 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
15685 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
15686 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15687 /* Not passed in memory. */
15688 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
15689 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15690 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
15691 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15692 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15693 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15694 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15697 /* Big endian correction check. */
15698 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15699 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
15700 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
15703 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
15704 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
15706 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15707 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
15710 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15713 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
15714 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15716 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
15717 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
15719 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15720 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15721 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15722 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15723 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15724 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15726 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
15727 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
15730 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15731 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15732 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15733 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
15734 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
15737 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
15739 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15740 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15741 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15743 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
15745 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15746 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15748 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
15749 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
15750 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
15751 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15752 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
15753 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
15754 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
15756 rtl
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
15757 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15758 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15759 SET_DECL_RTL (decl
, NULL
);
15761 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15762 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
15769 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15770 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15771 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15774 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
15776 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
15777 enum machine_mode mode
;
15778 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
15780 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
15782 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15783 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15784 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15785 be handled as such. */
15786 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
15787 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
15788 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
15792 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
15793 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
15796 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
15797 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
15799 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
15800 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
15801 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
15802 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
15806 if (offset
!= NULL
)
15808 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
15810 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
15813 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15818 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15819 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15820 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15821 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15822 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15823 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15824 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15825 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15826 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15827 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15830 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
15831 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
15834 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
15835 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
15837 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15840 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
15841 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
15843 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15846 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
15847 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15848 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15851 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15852 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15853 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15854 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
15857 && loc_list
->first
== loc_list
->last
15858 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
)
15859 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->var_loc_note
))
15861 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
15863 node
= loc_list
->first
;
15864 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
);
15865 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != PARALLEL
)
15866 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15867 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15868 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
15871 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
15874 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
15877 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15878 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15879 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
15882 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15885 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
15887 deferred_locations entry
;
15888 entry
.variable
= variable
;
15890 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
15893 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15894 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15897 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
15901 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
15905 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
15908 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15909 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15911 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
15912 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
15914 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
15916 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15918 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
15920 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
15921 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15922 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
15923 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
15926 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
15931 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
15932 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15934 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
15936 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
15937 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15938 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
15939 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15941 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
15942 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
15945 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
15946 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
15949 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
15950 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
15952 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
15955 tree val
= ce
->value
;
15956 tree index
= ce
->index
;
15958 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15959 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
15962 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
15967 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
15970 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
15971 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
15973 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
15974 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
15978 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
15979 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
15982 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
15986 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
15987 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
15989 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
15990 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
15991 constructor_elt
*ce
;
15993 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
15996 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
15997 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16000 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16001 cnt
++, field
= field
? TREE_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16003 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16004 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16006 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16012 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16015 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16016 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16017 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16019 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16020 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16022 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16023 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16024 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16026 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16032 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16033 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16034 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16036 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16040 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16041 attribute is the const value T. */
16044 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16047 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16050 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16054 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16056 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16058 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16059 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16060 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16061 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16063 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16064 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16066 unsigned char *array
= GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size
);
16068 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16070 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16078 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16079 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16080 variable with static storage duration
16081 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16084 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16088 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16089 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16092 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16093 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16094 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16099 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16100 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16103 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16106 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16107 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16108 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16109 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16112 static dw_loc_list_ref
16113 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16116 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16118 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16119 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16120 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16122 fde
= current_fde ();
16123 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16125 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16129 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16130 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16131 remember
= next_cfa
;
16133 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16135 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16136 advance opcodes. */
16137 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16138 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16140 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16141 last_label
= start_label
;
16143 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16144 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16146 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16147 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16148 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16149 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16150 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16152 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16153 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16155 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16156 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16157 start_label
= last_label
;
16159 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16162 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16163 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16164 gcc_unreachable ();
16167 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16171 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16173 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16174 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16175 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16176 start_label
= last_label
;
16179 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16180 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16182 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16188 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16189 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16190 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16191 before the latter is negated. */
16194 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16198 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16199 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16200 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16202 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16203 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16206 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16207 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16209 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16210 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16213 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16214 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16215 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16216 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16217 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16218 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16220 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16223 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16224 the value of the attribute. */
16227 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16229 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16231 if (demangle_name_func
)
16232 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16234 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16238 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16241 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16243 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
16249 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
16253 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
16254 wd1
= GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen
+ 2);
16256 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
16257 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
16261 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
16264 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16265 a representation for that bound. */
16268 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
16270 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
16275 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16278 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
16280 /* Use the default if possible. */
16281 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
16282 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
16283 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
))))
16286 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16287 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16288 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16289 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
16291 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16292 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
16293 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16294 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
16296 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16297 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
16298 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
16299 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16301 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
16302 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
16307 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16308 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
16318 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
16319 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
16321 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16322 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16323 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16324 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16325 later parameter. */
16326 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
16327 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16330 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
16331 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, loc
);
16338 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16339 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16341 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
16342 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16344 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
16348 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
16349 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
16351 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
16353 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
16354 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
16355 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
16356 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
16357 add_AT_loc_list (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
16359 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
->expr
);
16361 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
16367 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16368 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16369 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16370 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16373 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
16375 unsigned dimension_number
;
16377 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
16379 for (dimension_number
= 0;
16380 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
16381 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
16383 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16385 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
16388 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16389 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16391 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
16394 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16395 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
16396 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
16398 /* Define the index type. */
16399 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
16401 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16402 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16403 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16404 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
16405 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
16406 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16407 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
16410 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
16414 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16415 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16417 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16418 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16419 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16421 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
16423 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
16426 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16427 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16433 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
16437 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
16442 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
16445 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
16446 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
16449 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16450 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16451 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16452 even for bit-fields. */
16453 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16456 gcc_unreachable ();
16459 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16460 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16461 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16462 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16463 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16466 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16467 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16468 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16471 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16472 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16473 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16474 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16475 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16476 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16478 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16479 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16480 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16483 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16485 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
16486 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
16487 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
16488 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
16489 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
16490 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
16492 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16493 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
16495 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16496 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16497 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16498 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
16499 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16502 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
16504 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16505 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16506 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16507 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16508 below must take account of these differences. */
16509 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16510 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
16512 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16514 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
16515 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
16519 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16520 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
16521 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
16523 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
16526 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16527 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16530 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16532 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16533 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
16534 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
16536 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
16537 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
16540 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16541 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16544 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
16546 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
16547 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
16548 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
16551 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16552 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16555 static inline dw_die_ref
16556 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
16558 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
16560 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
16562 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16563 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16564 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16566 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16567 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16571 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
16573 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
16575 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
16578 if (DECL_P (origin
))
16579 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
16580 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
16581 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
16583 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16584 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16585 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16586 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16587 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16588 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16589 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16593 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
16597 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16600 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
16602 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
16604 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
16606 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
16607 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
16608 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
16609 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
16612 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16613 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16614 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
16615 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
16616 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
16620 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16623 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16625 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
16627 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
16628 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
16631 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16632 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16635 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
16639 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
16640 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
16642 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
16644 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
16645 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
16646 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
16648 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
16649 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
16650 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
16651 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
16654 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16655 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
16657 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
16659 asm_name
= GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node
);
16660 asm_name
->die
= die
;
16661 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
16662 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
16663 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
16665 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
16666 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
16667 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
16671 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16672 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16673 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16674 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
16676 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
16677 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16678 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
16683 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16686 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
16688 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
16691 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16694 pop_decl_scope (void)
16696 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
16699 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16700 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16701 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16702 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16703 the current active scope. */
16706 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16708 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
16709 tree containing_scope
;
16712 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16713 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
16715 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
16717 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16718 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
16720 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
16723 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16726 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16727 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16728 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16729 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
16730 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
16732 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
16733 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16734 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
16736 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16737 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16738 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16739 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
16740 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
16745 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16746 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
16748 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16749 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
16752 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
16755 scope_die
= context_die
;
16760 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16763 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16765 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
16766 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16767 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
16773 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16776 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16778 return (context_die
16779 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
16780 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
16781 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
16782 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
16785 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16786 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16789 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
16791 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
16792 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
16795 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16796 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16797 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16800 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
16801 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16803 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16804 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
16806 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16807 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16808 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16809 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16810 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
16811 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
16812 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
16814 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
16815 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16816 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16817 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16818 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
16821 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
16822 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
16823 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
16826 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
16827 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
16830 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16831 function call type. */
16833 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
16835 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
16837 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
16838 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16840 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16841 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16842 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16843 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16844 time being, following existing custom. */
16846 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
16847 value
= DW_CC_program
;
16849 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16850 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16851 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
16852 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
16855 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16856 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16857 was declared without a tag. */
16859 static const char *
16860 type_tag (const_tree type
)
16862 const char *name
= 0;
16864 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
16868 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16869 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
16870 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
16872 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16873 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16875 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
16876 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16878 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16879 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16880 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16881 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16882 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
16883 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
16886 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16887 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
16888 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
16891 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
16894 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16895 for bit field types. */
16898 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
16900 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
16901 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
16904 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16905 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16908 static const char *
16909 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
16912 const char *fnname
;
16914 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
16915 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
16918 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
16920 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
16925 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16926 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16927 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16930 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
16932 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
16933 dw_die_ref array_die
;
16935 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16936 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16937 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16938 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16939 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16940 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16941 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16942 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16943 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16945 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
16948 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16949 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16950 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
16951 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
16953 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
16955 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
16957 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
16958 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
16959 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
16960 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
16962 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16963 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
16964 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
16965 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
16967 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
16968 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
16970 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
16971 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
16973 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
16974 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
16975 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
16981 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16982 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16983 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16984 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16987 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16988 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
16989 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
16992 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
16993 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
16994 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
16996 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16998 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
16999 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17000 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17001 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17004 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17006 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17007 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17008 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17009 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17012 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17013 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17014 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17015 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17016 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17017 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17018 for multidimensional arrays. */
17019 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17022 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17023 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17024 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17025 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17026 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17029 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17031 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17032 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17033 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17034 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17035 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17037 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17039 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17042 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17043 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17046 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17048 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17049 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17052 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17053 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17055 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17056 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17057 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17059 if (val
== base_decl
)
17060 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17062 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17065 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17067 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17069 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17070 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17073 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17076 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17079 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17080 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17082 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17084 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17086 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17087 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17090 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17093 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17099 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17102 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17105 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17106 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17128 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17129 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17131 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17133 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17135 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17139 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
17143 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
17146 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17147 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17150 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
17151 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17153 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17154 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17157 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17158 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17159 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17161 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17163 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
17164 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17166 if (info
->data_location
)
17167 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
17169 if (info
->associated
)
17170 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
17172 if (info
->allocated
)
17173 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
17176 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
17178 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17179 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
17181 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
17183 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17184 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17185 && integer_zerop (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17187 else if (is_fortran ()
17188 && integer_onep (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
))
17191 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
17192 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
17195 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
17196 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
17197 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
17199 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
17200 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
17201 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
17205 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
17206 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17208 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17209 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17214 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17216 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17217 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
17219 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17220 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
17223 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
17224 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17225 0, 0, context_die
);
17228 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17229 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
17231 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
17235 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17236 emit full debugging info for them. */
17239 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17243 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
17244 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
17245 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
17246 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
17249 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17251 static enum dwarf_tag
17252 record_type_tag (tree type
)
17254 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
17255 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17257 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
17259 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
17260 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17262 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
17263 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
17265 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
17266 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
17267 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
17268 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
17271 gcc_unreachable ();
17275 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17276 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17277 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17281 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17283 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17285 if (type_die
== NULL
)
17287 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
17288 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
17289 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
17290 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
17292 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17295 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17297 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17298 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17299 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17300 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
17304 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
17305 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
17306 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
17307 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
17309 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17310 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17311 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17312 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
17314 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
17315 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17317 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
17318 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17320 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
17321 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
17323 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
17324 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
17326 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
17327 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17328 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17329 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17330 values as if they were signed. That means that
17331 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17332 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17333 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
17334 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
17338 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17340 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17341 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
17346 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17347 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17350 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17351 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17352 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17353 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17354 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17355 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17356 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17357 argument type of some subprogram type.
17358 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17362 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
17363 dw_die_ref context_die
)
17365 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
17366 dw_die_ref parm_die
17367 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
17369 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
17371 case tcc_declaration
:
17373 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
17374 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17375 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
17378 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node
);
17380 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
17381 if (decl_by_reference_p (node
))
17382 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
17385 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
17386 TREE_READONLY (node
),
17387 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
17389 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
17390 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17393 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
17394 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
17395 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
17396 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
17402 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17403 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17407 gcc_unreachable ();
17413 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17414 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17417 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17418 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17419 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17420 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17421 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17422 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17425 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
17427 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
17431 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
17433 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17434 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
17437 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
17438 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
17440 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
))
17442 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
17445 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
17446 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17451 return parm_pack_die
;
17454 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17455 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17458 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17460 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
17463 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17464 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17465 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17466 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17469 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17472 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
17473 tree first_parm_type
;
17476 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17478 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
17479 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
17484 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17486 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17487 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17488 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
17490 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
17492 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
17493 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
17496 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17497 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
17498 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17500 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
17501 && link
== first_parm_type
)
17502 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
17503 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17505 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
17507 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
17510 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17511 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17512 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
17513 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
17515 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17516 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17517 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
17518 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
17519 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
17520 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
17523 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17524 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17525 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17526 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17527 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17530 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17532 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
17534 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17535 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17536 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
17537 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
17538 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
17540 dw_die_ref type_die
;
17541 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
17543 push_decl_scope (type
);
17544 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17545 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
17546 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
17547 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
17549 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17550 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17551 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
17552 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
17553 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
17555 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
17556 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
17560 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
17566 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17567 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17570 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
17572 dw_die_ref old_die
;
17576 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
17578 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17579 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
17581 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17582 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17583 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17586 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17587 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17588 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17589 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
17590 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
17592 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17593 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17594 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17596 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
17598 gen_type_die_for_member
17599 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
17602 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17603 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
17604 current_function_decl
= decl
;
17605 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
17607 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
17608 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
17609 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
17610 if (! was_abstract
)
17611 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
17613 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
17614 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
17618 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17621 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17622 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17625 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17630 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
17631 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
17633 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17637 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17638 through htab_traverse.
17640 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17641 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17642 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17645 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
17646 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
17648 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
17651 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
17652 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
17653 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
17654 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
17657 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17658 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17659 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (entry
->var_decl
);
17662 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17663 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17664 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
17665 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
17671 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17674 premark_used_types (void)
17676 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
17677 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
17680 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17683 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17685 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
17686 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
17687 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
17690 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17694 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17696 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17697 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
17698 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
17701 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
17702 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
17703 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
17705 premark_used_types ();
17707 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17708 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17709 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17710 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17711 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17713 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17714 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
17717 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
17720 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17721 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17722 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
17723 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
17724 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
17725 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17726 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
17728 if (origin
!= NULL
)
17730 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
17732 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17733 inline function. */
17734 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
17735 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
17737 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17738 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
17742 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17743 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
17745 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
17746 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17747 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17748 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17749 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17751 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17752 something we have already output. */
17756 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17757 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17758 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17759 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17760 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17761 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17762 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17763 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
17764 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
17765 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
17766 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
17767 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
17769 subr_die
= old_die
;
17771 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17772 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17773 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17774 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17775 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17776 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
17777 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
17781 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17782 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
17783 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
17784 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
17785 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
17786 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17791 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
17793 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
17794 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
17796 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
17797 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17799 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
17800 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
17801 0, 0, context_die
);
17804 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
17805 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17806 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17808 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
17809 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
17810 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
17811 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
17816 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17818 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17820 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17821 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17822 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
17823 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
17824 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
17826 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17827 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17828 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17829 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17831 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17832 later reused to represent definition. */
17833 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17836 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
17838 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
17840 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17841 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
17843 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
17847 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
17848 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
17850 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
17853 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
17854 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
17855 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17857 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17859 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
17861 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
17863 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
17864 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17866 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
17868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
17869 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17870 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
17871 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
17872 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17873 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
17875 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
17876 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
17879 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17880 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17881 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17883 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17884 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17885 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17886 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17888 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17889 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17890 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17894 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17895 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17896 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
17899 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
17901 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17902 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17903 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17904 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17905 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17906 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17907 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17909 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
17911 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
17912 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
17916 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
17917 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
17918 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
17920 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
17923 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17924 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17925 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17926 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17927 by this displacement. */
17928 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
17930 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
17931 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
17932 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
17935 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17936 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17937 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
17939 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17940 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17941 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17942 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17943 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17944 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17945 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17946 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17947 an ellipsis at the end. */
17949 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17950 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17951 its formal parameters. */
17952 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
17954 else if (declaration
)
17955 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
17958 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17959 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
17960 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
17961 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
17962 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
17965 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17966 emit their relevant DIEs.
17968 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17969 as well as it being a normal function.
17971 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17972 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17973 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17974 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17975 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17976 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17977 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17978 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17979 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17982 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17983 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
17985 if (generic_decl_parm
17986 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
17987 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
17992 gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
17993 parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
);
17996 if (generic_decl_parm
)
17997 generic_decl_parm
= TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18000 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18001 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18002 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18003 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18004 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18005 parameters at all. */
18006 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18007 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18009 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18010 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18011 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18013 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18014 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18017 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18018 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18019 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18021 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18022 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18023 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18024 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18025 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18026 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18027 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18029 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18030 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18031 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18032 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18033 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18034 constructor function. */
18035 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18037 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18038 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18039 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18041 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18042 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18044 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18045 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18047 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18048 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18050 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18051 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18056 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18057 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18061 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18064 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18066 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18067 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18070 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18071 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18074 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18076 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18077 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18078 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18081 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18082 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18085 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18089 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
18090 dw_die_ref var_die
;
18091 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
18092 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
18093 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
18094 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18097 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18099 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
18101 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18102 of a data member. */
18105 dw_die_ref com_die
;
18106 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
18107 die_node com_die_arg
;
18109 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
18112 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
18114 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
18119 /* Optimize the common case. */
18120 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18121 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18122 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18123 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
18125 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18126 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18128 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18130 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18131 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18137 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
18138 common_block_die_table
18139 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
18140 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
18142 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18143 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
18144 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
18145 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18146 if (com_die
== NULL
)
18149 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
18152 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
18153 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
18156 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18157 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18158 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18159 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18161 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18162 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18163 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
18164 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
18165 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
18166 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
18168 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
18170 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18171 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
18172 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18174 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
18175 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18176 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18177 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18178 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18183 /* Optimize the common case. */
18184 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
18185 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
18186 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
18187 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
18188 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
18189 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
18191 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
18193 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
18195 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18196 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18197 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18201 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18202 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18203 DIE for it again. */
18208 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18209 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18210 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18211 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
18212 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18214 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
18217 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18218 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
18220 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18221 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18223 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18224 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18227 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18229 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18230 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18231 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18233 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
18234 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
18236 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18237 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
18238 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
18240 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18241 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18243 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18244 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18246 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18247 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18252 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18254 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
18255 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl
))
18256 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18258 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18259 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18261 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18262 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18264 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18265 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18267 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18268 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18269 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18270 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18274 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18276 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
18277 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
18280 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
18281 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18282 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18284 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
18285 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18286 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
18287 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18288 to add it again. */
18289 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
18291 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
18292 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
18293 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18295 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
18298 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
18301 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
18304 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18307 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18309 dw_die_ref const_die
;
18310 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18312 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
18313 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
18314 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
18315 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18316 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18317 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18318 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18319 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
18322 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18325 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18327 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18328 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
18330 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18332 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18333 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
18335 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
18337 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18338 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
18341 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
18343 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18344 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18345 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18349 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
18351 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18352 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18353 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18354 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18355 it if it ever does happen. */
18356 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
18358 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
18359 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18364 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18365 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18366 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18369 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18371 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
18373 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18375 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
18376 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
18381 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18382 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18385 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
18387 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18389 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
18390 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18394 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
18396 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18397 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18398 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
18401 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
18403 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
18406 add_ranges (chain
);
18407 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
18414 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18415 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18416 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
18417 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
18418 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
18419 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
18423 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18426 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18428 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
18430 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18431 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
18433 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
18436 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18439 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
18443 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18445 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
18447 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
18449 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18450 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18451 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18452 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18453 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
18455 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
18457 dw_die_ref subr_die
18458 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
18460 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18461 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
18462 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18463 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
18465 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
18466 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
18470 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18473 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18475 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
18477 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
18480 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
18481 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18482 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
18483 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
18486 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
18488 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18489 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18490 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18493 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
18494 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
18496 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18497 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18499 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
18500 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18501 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
18502 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
18504 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18505 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18509 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18510 Use modified_type_die instead.
18511 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18512 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18515 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18518 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18520 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18521 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18522 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18525 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18526 Use modified_type_die instead.
18527 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18528 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18531 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18534 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18536 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
18537 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18538 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
18542 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18545 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18548 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
18549 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18551 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
18552 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18553 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
18554 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18557 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18560 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
18563 char producer
[250];
18564 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
18567 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
18571 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
18572 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18573 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
18574 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
18577 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
18579 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18580 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18581 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18582 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18583 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18584 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18585 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18586 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18587 strcat (producer
, " -g");
18590 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
18592 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
18593 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
18594 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
18595 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
18596 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
18597 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18598 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
18599 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18601 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18602 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
18603 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18604 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
18605 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
18606 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
18607 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18608 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
18609 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18610 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
18613 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
18617 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18620 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18622 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
18624 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
18625 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
18627 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
18628 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
18630 if (access
== access_public_node
)
18631 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
18632 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
18633 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
18636 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18639 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18642 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
18645 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18646 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18647 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18648 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18649 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18650 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18651 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18652 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18653 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18654 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18655 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18657 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18660 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
18664 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
18665 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
18666 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
18667 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
18670 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18671 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18673 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18674 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18675 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18676 do put them in the right order. */
18678 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18680 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18682 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18685 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18686 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
18688 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18689 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
18692 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
18694 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
18696 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
18700 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18701 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18702 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18705 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18706 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18708 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18709 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
18711 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
18712 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18713 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
18714 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
18715 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
18717 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
18720 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18721 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18722 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
18725 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18727 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
18728 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18730 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
18732 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
18733 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
18735 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18737 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
18739 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18742 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18744 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18745 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18746 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
18747 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
18749 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18750 then give a list of members. */
18751 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
18753 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18754 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18755 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18756 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18757 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18758 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18760 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18761 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18762 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18763 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
18765 push_decl_scope (type
);
18766 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
18769 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18770 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
18772 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
18774 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
18775 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
18776 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
18781 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18783 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18784 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18785 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
18786 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
18789 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18790 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18793 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18796 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18798 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
18799 dw_die_ref subr_die
18800 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
18801 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18803 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
18804 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
18805 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18806 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
18808 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18809 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
18812 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18815 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18817 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18820 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
18823 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
18824 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
18825 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18826 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18827 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
18832 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
18833 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
18835 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
18837 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18838 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
18841 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
18843 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
18844 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
18847 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18848 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
18850 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18851 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
18854 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18857 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
18858 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
18861 struct array_descr_info info
;
18863 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
18866 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18867 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18868 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
18869 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
18871 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18874 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18875 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
18877 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18878 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18879 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
18880 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
18881 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
18883 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18884 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
18888 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18889 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
18890 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
18891 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
18892 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18894 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
18895 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18899 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18900 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18901 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18902 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18903 cloned type itself). */
18904 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
18905 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
18907 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18910 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
18916 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
18917 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18918 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18919 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18920 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18922 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18924 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18925 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18926 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18927 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18931 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18932 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18933 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
18934 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18936 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18937 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18938 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
18940 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18942 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18945 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
18946 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18947 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18948 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18949 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18953 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18954 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
18955 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
18956 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18960 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18964 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18967 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
18970 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
18971 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18972 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18973 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18974 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18975 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18976 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18977 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
18978 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
18979 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
18981 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
18983 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
18986 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18987 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
18988 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
18991 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
18992 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
18994 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
18995 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
18996 decls_for_scope. */
18997 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19002 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19006 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19008 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19009 declare_in_namespace. */
19010 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19011 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19014 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19019 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19020 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19021 when appropriate. */
19027 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
19030 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19034 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19038 gcc_unreachable ();
19041 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19045 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19047 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19050 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19051 things which are local to the given block. */
19054 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19056 int must_output_die
= 0;
19059 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19060 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19063 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
19065 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19066 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19067 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19068 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
19072 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
19073 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19078 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19081 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19082 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19083 must_output_die
= 1;
19086 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19087 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19088 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19089 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19090 as being a "significant" one. */
19091 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
19092 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
19093 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
19094 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19095 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
19096 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
19097 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
19098 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19099 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
19100 must_output_die
= 1;
19103 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19104 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19105 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19106 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19107 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19108 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19109 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19110 if (must_output_die
)
19114 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19115 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19116 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19117 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19118 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19119 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19120 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19121 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19123 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19124 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19125 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19126 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19127 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19128 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19131 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19134 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
19137 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19138 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19140 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19143 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19144 tree ultimate_origin
= origin
? decl_ultimate_origin (origin
) : NULL
;
19146 if (ultimate_origin
)
19147 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19149 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
19150 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19151 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
19152 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
19153 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
19157 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19158 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
19159 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19160 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
19161 stmt
, context_die
);
19163 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19166 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19167 all of its sub-blocks. */
19170 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19176 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19177 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
19180 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19181 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19182 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19183 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19184 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19185 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
19186 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
19187 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
19190 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19191 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19194 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19195 therein) of this block. */
19196 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
19198 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
19199 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
19202 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19205 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
19207 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
19210 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
19211 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
19212 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
19213 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
19214 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
19215 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19221 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19223 static inline dw_die_ref
19224 get_context_die (tree context
)
19228 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19229 if (TYPE_P (context
))
19230 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
19232 return force_decl_die (context
);
19234 return comp_unit_die
;
19237 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19240 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
19242 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19243 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
19244 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
19245 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19248 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19250 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19254 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19256 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19257 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19258 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19259 declaration die. */
19260 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
19261 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
19262 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19263 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
19267 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19268 gen_decl_die() call. */
19269 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
19270 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
19271 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19272 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
19275 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19276 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19277 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19279 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19280 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19284 gcc_unreachable ();
19287 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19289 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19290 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
19296 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19297 always returned. */
19300 force_type_die (tree type
)
19302 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19304 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19307 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19309 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
19310 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
19311 gcc_assert (type_die
);
19316 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19317 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19320 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19322 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
19323 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
19324 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19325 /* Force out the namespace. */
19326 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
19328 return context_die
;
19331 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19332 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19334 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19335 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19338 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19340 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
19342 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19343 return context_die
;
19345 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19346 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19347 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19348 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
19349 return context_die
;
19351 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
19353 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
19357 if (DECL_P (thing
))
19358 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
19360 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
19362 return context_die
;
19365 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19368 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19370 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
19372 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19373 they are an alias of. */
19374 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
19376 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19377 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19378 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
19379 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
19380 context_die
, decl
);
19381 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19382 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19384 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
19386 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
19389 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19390 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19391 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19392 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19396 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19398 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19399 dw_die_ref origin_die
19400 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19402 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
19403 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19404 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
19405 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19406 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
19407 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
19408 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
19409 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
19413 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19416 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19418 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19419 tree class_origin
= NULL
;
19421 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
19424 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
19430 if (!is_fortran ())
19432 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19433 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19437 /* Emit its type. */
19438 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19440 /* And its containing namespace. */
19441 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19443 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
19446 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19447 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19448 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19449 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19450 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
19451 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
19452 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
19457 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19458 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19459 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
19460 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19463 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19464 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
19465 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
? origin
: DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
19467 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19468 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19469 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
19470 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
19471 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
19472 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19473 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19474 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19475 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19477 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19478 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
19481 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19482 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19484 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19485 have described its return type. */
19486 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
19488 /* And its virtual context. */
19489 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19490 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
19492 /* And its containing type. */
19494 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
19495 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19496 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
19498 /* And its containing namespace. */
19499 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
19502 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19504 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
19508 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19509 actual typedefs. */
19510 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19513 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19514 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19515 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19516 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19517 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19518 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19519 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19520 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19521 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19523 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
19526 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
19527 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
19529 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19530 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
19534 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
19535 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
19540 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19541 variable declarations or definitions. */
19542 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19545 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19547 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19548 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19550 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19552 /* And its containing type. */
19553 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
19554 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
19555 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19557 /* And its containing namespace. */
19558 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
19560 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19561 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19562 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19565 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19566 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
19567 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19568 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19571 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
19575 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19576 anonymous unions and structs. */
19577 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
19578 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
19579 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
19581 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
19582 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
19587 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
19588 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
19590 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19591 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
19592 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19596 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19597 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19598 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19599 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
19603 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19604 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
19609 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19610 compilation proper has finished. */
19613 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
19615 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19616 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19617 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19618 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19619 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
19620 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19623 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19624 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19626 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
19629 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
19632 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19633 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19634 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19635 that DECL belongs to.
19636 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19638 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
19640 tree lexical_block
,
19641 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
19643 expanded_location xloc
;
19644 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
19645 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
19647 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
19649 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19650 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
19654 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
19656 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
19658 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
19659 at_import_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19661 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19662 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19663 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19664 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19665 if (!at_import_die
)
19667 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
19668 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
19669 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19670 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
19675 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
19676 if (!at_import_die
)
19678 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19679 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19680 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
19682 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
19684 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19685 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19686 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
19687 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19689 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
19690 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
19692 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
19696 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19698 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19699 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
19706 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
19710 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
19711 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
19713 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
19714 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
19715 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
19718 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19719 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19720 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19721 importing whole module. */
19724 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
19727 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19728 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
19730 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19735 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19736 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19739 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19740 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19742 && TYPE_P (context
)
19743 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
19746 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19749 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
19753 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
19754 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
19755 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
19756 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
19759 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19760 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
19764 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19767 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
19769 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
19771 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
19776 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
19777 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19778 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19779 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19780 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19781 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19782 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19783 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19784 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19785 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19786 with the definition of the function.
19788 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19789 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19790 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19791 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19792 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19793 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19794 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19795 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19796 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19797 that they *are* definitions).
19799 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19800 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19801 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19802 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19803 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19804 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
19807 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19808 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19809 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19810 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
19811 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19812 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19813 context_die
= NULL
;
19817 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19818 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19819 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19820 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19821 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19822 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19823 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19824 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19825 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
19828 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19829 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19830 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19832 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19833 variable declarations or definitions. */
19834 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19839 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19841 if (!is_fortran ())
19843 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
19844 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
19847 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
19848 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
19849 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19851 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
19856 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19857 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
19860 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19861 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19862 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
19864 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19865 comparisons have. */
19867 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19868 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
19869 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
19874 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19875 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19878 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19879 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19880 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
19881 context_die
= NULL
;
19889 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
19892 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19893 a lexical block. */
19896 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
19897 unsigned int blocknum
)
19899 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19900 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19903 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19907 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
19909 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19910 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
19913 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19914 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19916 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19917 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19918 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19921 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
19926 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
19927 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19928 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19930 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
19932 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
19933 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
19934 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
19941 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19944 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
19946 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
19947 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
19948 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
19949 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
19953 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
19955 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
19956 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
19959 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19960 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19961 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19962 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19963 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19964 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19965 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19966 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19967 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19970 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
19971 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
19974 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
19976 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19977 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19978 if (file_table_last_lookup
19979 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
19980 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
19981 return file_table_last_lookup
;
19983 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19984 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
19985 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
19987 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
19989 created
= GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data
);
19990 created
->filename
= file_name
;
19991 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
19996 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
19997 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
19998 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
19999 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20000 types, which may include filenames. */
20003 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
20005 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
20007 if (last_emitted_file
)
20008 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
20010 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
20011 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
20013 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20015 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
20016 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
20017 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
20018 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20022 return fd
->emitted_number
;
20025 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20026 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20027 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20030 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
20032 die_arg_entry entry
;
20037 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20038 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20039 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
20043 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
20044 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
20048 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20049 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20050 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20053 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20055 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
20061 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
20063 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
20068 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20071 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
20077 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
20081 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
20085 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
20088 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
20090 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
20091 /* replace the string. */
20092 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
20096 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
20099 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20100 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20101 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20104 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
20107 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
20109 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20113 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20114 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
20115 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
20116 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
20118 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20119 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20122 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20125 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
20127 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
20130 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20131 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20134 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
20136 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
20137 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
20140 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20143 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
20145 struct vcall_insn
*item
= GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn
);
20146 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
20149 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20150 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20151 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
20152 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
20153 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
20157 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20159 static unsigned int
20160 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
20162 struct vcall_insn item
;
20163 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
20165 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
20166 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
20167 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
20169 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
20171 return (unsigned int) -1;
20172 return p
->vtable_slot
;
20176 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20177 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20178 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20182 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
20184 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
20186 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
20187 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
20188 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
20192 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20193 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20197 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
20199 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
20201 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
20202 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
20205 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20206 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20207 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20208 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20209 lowering to RTL. */
20212 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
20214 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
20217 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
20220 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
20221 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
20222 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
20224 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20225 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
20228 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20229 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20230 our lookup table. */
20233 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
20235 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
20236 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
20238 static const char *last_label
;
20239 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
20240 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
20243 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
20246 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
20247 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20248 don't do anything. */
20249 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
)
20252 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
20253 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
);
20254 if (newloc
== NULL
)
20257 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20258 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20259 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
20260 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
20261 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
20263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20264 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
20266 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20267 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
20269 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
20270 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
20272 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
20273 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
20276 if (!last_postcall_label
)
20278 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
20279 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
20281 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
20284 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
20285 newloc
->section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
20287 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
20289 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
20290 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
20293 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20294 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20295 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20296 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20299 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
20301 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20303 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
20304 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
20306 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20309 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20310 and record information relating to this source line, in
20311 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20314 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
20315 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
20317 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
20319 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20322 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20324 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20326 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20327 if (flag_debug_asm
)
20328 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
20331 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
20333 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20334 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
20335 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
20337 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
20338 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
20340 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
20341 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
20342 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
20344 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20345 line_info_table_in_use
++;
20347 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
20349 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
20350 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
20351 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20352 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
20354 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20355 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20356 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
20358 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20359 separate_line_info_table
20360 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
20361 separate_line_info_table
,
20362 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
20363 memset (separate_line_info_table
20364 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
20366 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20367 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
20370 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20372 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
20373 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20374 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20375 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
20379 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
20381 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
20382 line_info_table_in_use
);
20384 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20385 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
20387 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20389 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
20390 line_info_table_allocated
);
20391 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
20392 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
20395 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20396 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
20397 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
20398 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
20403 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20406 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
20408 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20410 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20411 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
20413 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20414 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
20417 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20419 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
20421 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
20423 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
20426 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
20430 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20433 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20435 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
20436 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20437 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
20439 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20441 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
20446 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20447 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20448 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20451 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20452 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20454 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20456 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
20458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20459 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20463 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20464 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20465 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20468 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20469 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20471 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20473 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
20475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
20476 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
20480 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20483 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20485 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20486 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
20487 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
20489 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20490 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
20491 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
20493 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20494 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
20495 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
20497 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20498 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
20500 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20501 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref
, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20502 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20503 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20504 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
20506 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20507 line_info_table
= GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
20508 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
20510 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20511 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
20513 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20514 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20515 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
20517 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20518 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
20519 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
20521 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20522 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20523 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20524 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20525 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20526 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20527 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
20529 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
20531 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
20533 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
20534 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20535 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
20536 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20537 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
20538 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20539 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
20540 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20541 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
20542 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20543 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
20544 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20545 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
20546 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20547 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
20548 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20549 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
20550 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20551 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
20552 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20553 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
20554 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
20555 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
20556 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20557 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
20558 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
20560 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
20561 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
20562 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20563 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
20565 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
20568 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
20569 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
20571 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
20573 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20574 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
20575 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
20576 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
20577 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
20578 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
20579 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
20581 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
20583 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
20584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
20585 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
20586 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
20589 switch_to_section (text_section
);
20590 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
20591 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
20593 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
20594 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
20595 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
20600 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20601 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20604 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20606 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20608 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20609 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
20611 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20615 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20616 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20619 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20621 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20623 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
20625 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
20626 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
20627 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
20633 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20634 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20637 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
20641 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
20642 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
20644 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20646 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20647 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20650 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
20656 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
20659 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20660 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20663 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
20668 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20670 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
20672 /* A reference to another DIE.
20673 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20674 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20675 if (dwarf_version
< 4
20676 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
20677 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
20678 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
20680 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20681 accounts properly for it. */
20682 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20683 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
20688 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20689 to DIE's children. */
20692 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
20696 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20698 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20701 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20702 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20703 if (die
->die_parent
)
20704 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
20706 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20707 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20709 /* If this node is a specification,
20710 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20711 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
20712 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
20715 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
20717 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20718 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20721 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20722 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20723 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20724 for all type definitions. */
20725 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
20726 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
20727 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
20728 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
20730 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20734 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20735 and if so, mark them. */
20738 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
20742 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20745 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20747 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20748 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20749 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20752 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
20753 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
20754 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
20755 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
20762 /* Mark children. */
20763 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
20766 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20769 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
20773 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20774 children have been marked as well. */
20775 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
20778 switch (die
->die_tag
)
20780 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
20781 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
20782 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
20783 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20786 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
20787 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
20790 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20791 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20792 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20793 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20794 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20796 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
20798 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20801 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
20802 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
20803 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
20804 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
20805 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
20806 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
20807 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
20808 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
20809 case DW_TAG_friend
:
20810 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
20811 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
20812 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
20813 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
20814 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
20815 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
20816 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
20817 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
20818 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
20821 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20825 /* Mark everything else. */
20829 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
20833 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20834 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
20839 /* Mark children. */
20840 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
20843 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20847 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
20852 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
20853 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
20855 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
20857 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20858 twice in the hash table. */
20860 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
20863 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
20864 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
20866 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
20872 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20875 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
20879 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
20880 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
20882 if (! die
->die_child
)
20885 c
= die
->die_child
;
20887 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
20888 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
20889 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
20891 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20893 /* No marked children at all. */
20894 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
20897 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
20898 die
->die_child
= prev
;
20903 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
20905 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
20906 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
20909 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20910 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20911 decided to emit. */
20914 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
20916 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
20918 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
20919 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
20924 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20927 prune_unused_types (void)
20930 limbo_die_node
*node
;
20931 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
20933 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
20935 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20936 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20937 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
20938 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20939 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
20940 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20941 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
20942 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20944 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20945 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20947 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20948 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
20949 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20950 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
20951 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20953 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
20954 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
20957 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20958 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20959 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
20960 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
20961 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
20962 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
20964 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20965 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
20966 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
20968 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20969 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
20970 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
20971 else if (debug_str_hash
)
20972 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
20973 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
20974 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20975 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
20976 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20977 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
20979 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20980 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
20981 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
20982 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
20983 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
20984 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
20987 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
20990 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
20992 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
20993 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
20994 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
21002 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21005 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
21008 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
21010 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
21015 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
21017 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
21018 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
21020 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
21021 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
21024 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21025 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21026 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21027 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21028 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21029 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21032 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
21034 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21035 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21037 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
21041 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
21043 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
21047 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
21049 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
21050 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
21054 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21055 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21056 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21059 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21063 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
21065 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
21066 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
21067 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
21069 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
21070 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
21071 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
21073 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
21074 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
21079 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
21080 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
21081 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)) == VAR_DECL
21082 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
21085 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
21086 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
21092 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21093 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21094 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21097 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
21099 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
21100 if ((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
21101 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21102 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
21103 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
21104 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
21109 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21110 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21111 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21112 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21113 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21114 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21117 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
21121 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
21124 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21125 switch (AT_class (a
))
21127 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
21128 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
21131 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
21133 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21134 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
21136 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
21137 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
21142 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
21144 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
21146 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21150 case dw_val_class_loc
:
21151 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
21153 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21157 case dw_val_class_addr
:
21158 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
21159 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
21161 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
21169 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
21172 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21173 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21176 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
21178 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
21179 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21180 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
21181 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
21184 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21186 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21187 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21188 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21189 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
21190 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21191 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
21194 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
21196 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
21199 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
21201 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21202 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
21203 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
21207 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21208 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21209 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21210 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21212 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
21214 next_node
= node
->next
;
21217 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
21219 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
21222 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
21223 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
21225 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
21226 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21227 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21230 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21231 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21232 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21233 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21234 this to be a child of the containing function.
21236 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21237 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21238 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21239 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21240 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
21242 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
21244 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
21245 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21246 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
21247 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
21249 gcc_assert (context
21250 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
21251 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
21253 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
21255 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
21257 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
21262 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21264 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
21266 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21268 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
21269 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
21271 add_AT_string (node
->die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
21272 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
21273 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
21277 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
21279 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21280 emit full debugging info for them. */
21281 retry_incomplete_types ();
21283 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
21284 prune_unused_types ();
21286 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21287 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21288 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21289 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
21291 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21292 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
21294 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
21296 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21297 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21299 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
21301 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21302 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21303 references to the main compile unit). */
21304 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21305 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
21306 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
21308 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21309 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21310 referenced. Prune them. */
21311 prune_unused_types ();
21314 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21315 that have children. */
21316 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
21317 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21318 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
21319 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21320 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
21322 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21323 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21324 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21325 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21327 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21328 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21331 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21333 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21334 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
21336 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
21337 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
21342 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
21344 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21345 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21346 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21347 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21348 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21349 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21350 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
21352 if (text_section_used
)
21353 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_ranges
,
21354 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label
,
21356 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
21357 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label
,
21360 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
21362 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
21364 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
21366 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21367 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
21368 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
);
21369 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
21370 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
21371 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
);
21373 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
21374 add_ranges_by_labels (fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
21381 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21382 if (have_location_lists
)
21384 /* Output the location lists info. */
21385 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
21386 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
21387 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21388 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
21389 output_location_lists (die
);
21392 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21393 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21394 debug_line_section_label
);
21396 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21397 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
21399 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21400 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21401 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21402 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
21404 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
21405 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21407 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
21409 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21410 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
21413 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21414 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21416 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
21417 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
21418 debug_line_section_label
);
21420 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
21423 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
21425 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21426 has been emitted. */
21427 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
21429 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21430 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21431 output_abbrev_section ();
21433 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21434 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
21436 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
21437 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
21440 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21441 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21442 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21443 simply won't look for the section. */
21444 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
21446 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
21447 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
21450 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21451 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
21453 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
21454 output_dcall_table ();
21456 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
21458 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
21459 output_vcall_table ();
21462 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21463 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21464 if (fde_table_in_use
)
21466 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
21470 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21471 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
21473 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
21474 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
21478 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21479 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21480 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21481 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21482 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21483 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21484 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21486 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21487 output_line_info ();
21490 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21491 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21493 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21497 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21499 if (debug_str_hash
)
21500 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
21504 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21505 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
21509 0, /* assembly_start */
21512 0, /* start_source_file */
21513 0, /* end_source_file */
21514 0, /* begin_block */
21516 0, /* ignore_block */
21517 0, /* source_line */
21518 0, /* begin_prologue */
21519 0, /* end_prologue */
21520 0, /* end_epilogue */
21521 0, /* begin_function */
21522 0, /* end_function */
21523 0, /* function_decl */
21524 0, /* global_decl */
21526 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21527 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21528 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21530 0, /* handle_pch */
21531 0, /* var_location */
21532 0, /* switch_text_section */
21533 0, /* direct_call */
21534 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21535 0, /* copy_call_info */
21536 0, /* virtual_call */
21538 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21541 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21543 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"